-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, DGbT/tgg898duF6R71v+naXeY/ZLp3EiHdVQUq6Dtmlzx3mipbFwoQtAtGpyYt2w tjwkfdEtrbYDIpcr95XX8Q== 0000950137-06-008372.txt : 20060801 0000950137-06-008372.hdr.sgml : 20060801 20060801170007 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950137-06-008372 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20060630 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060801 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060801 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: APTARGROUP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000896622 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: PLASTICS PRODUCTS, NEC [3089] IRS NUMBER: 363853103 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-11846 FILM NUMBER: 06995111 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 475 W TERRA COTTA AVE STREET 2: STE E CITY: CRYSTAL LAKE STATE: IL ZIP: 60014 BUSINESS PHONE: 8154770424 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 475 W. TERRA COTTA AVE. SUITE E CITY: CRYSTAL LAKE STATE: IL ZIP: 60014 10-Q 1 c07169e10vq.htm FORM 10-Q e10vq
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549-1004
FORM 10-Q
[X]     QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2006
OR
[ ]     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM
                    TO                    
 
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-11846
AptarGroup, Inc.
     
DELAWARE   36-3853103
(State of Incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
475 WEST TERRA COTTA AVENUE, SUITE E, CRYSTAL LAKE, ILLINOIS 60014
815-477-0424
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No þ
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date (July 27, 2006).
Common Stock          34,845,722

 


 

 
AptarGroup, Inc.
Form 10-Q
Quarter Ended June 30, 2006
INDEX
 
             
 
           
  FINANCIAL INFORMATION        
 
           
  Financial Statements (Unaudited)        
 
           
 
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income — Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005     1  
 
           
 
  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets — June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005     2  
 
           
 
  Condensed Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows — Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005     4  
 
           
 
  Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements     5  
 
           
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     14  
 
           
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     21  
 
           
  Controls and Procedures     21  
 
           
  OTHER INFORMATION        
 
           
  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds     23  
 
           
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     23  
 
           
  Other Information     23  
 
           
  Exhibits     25  
 
           
 
  Signature     26  
 Amended and Restated Multicurrency Credit Agreement
 Note Purchase Agreement
 Form of 6.04% Series 2006-A Senior Notes
 Certification Pursuant to Section 302
 Certification Pursuant to Section 302
 Certification Pursuant to Section 906
 Certification Pursuant to Section 906
 
 i 

 


Table of Contents

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
AptarGroup, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Unaudited)
In thousands, except per share amounts
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Net Sales
  $ 398,625     $ 356,112     $ 774,093     $ 700,111  
                     
Operating Expenses:
                               
Cost of sales
                               
(exclusive of depreciation shown below)
  268,518       238,641       522,304       471,119  
Selling, research & development and administrative
    58,087       51,060       120,457       102,700  
Depreciation and amortization
    28,250       25,282       55,163       50,814  
                     
 
    354,855       314,983       697,924       624,633  
                     
Operating Income
    43,770       41,129       76,169       75,478  
                     
 
                               
Other Income (Expense):
                               
Interest expense
    (3,897)       (3,026)       (7,707)       (5,764)  
Interest income
    830       747       1,741       1,562  
Equity in results of affiliates
    137       503       243       835  
Minority interests
    (86)       71       (132)       71  
Miscellaneous, net
    (422)       (533)       (935)       (838)  
                     
 
    (3,438)       (2,238)       (6,790)       (4,134)  
                     
 
                               
Income Before Income Taxes
    40,332       38,891       69,379       71,344  
 
                               
Provision for Income Taxes
    12,664       9,567       21,901       19,952  
                     
 
                               
Net Income
  $ 27,668     $ 29,324     $ 47,478     $ 51,392  
 
                       
 
                               
Net Income Per Common Share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.79     $ 0.83     $ 1.35     $ 1.45  
 
                       
Diluted
  $ 0.77     $ 0.81     $ 1.31     $ 1.41  
 
                       
 
                               
Average Number of Shares Outstanding:
                               
Basic
    35,039       35,226       35,057       35,431  
Diluted
    35,861       36,321       36,189       36,526  
 
                               
Dividends Declared Per Common Share
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ 0.40     $ 0.30  
 
                       
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

1


Table of Contents

AptarGroup, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
In thousands, except per share amounts
 
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
               
Assets
               
 
               
Current Assets:
               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 121,897     $ 117,635  
Accounts and notes receivable, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $11,374 in 2006 and $10,356 in 2005
    318,290       260,175  
Inventories, net
    208,576       184,241  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    51,871       43,240  
         
 
    700,634       605,291  
         
 
               
Property, Plant and Equipment:
               
Buildings and improvements
    226,270       201,194  
Machinery and equipment
    1,147,645       1,058,684  
         
 
    1,373,915       1,259,878  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    (813,136)       (735,659)  
         
 
    560,779       524,219  
Land
    13,402       12,601  
         
 
    574,181       536,820  
         
 
               
Other Assets:
               
Investments in affiliates
    5,434       5,050  
Goodwill
    202,090       184,763  
Intangible assets, net
    18,264       16,927  
Other non-current assets
    6,325       8,468  
         
 
    232,113       215,208  
         
Total Assets
  $ 1,506,928     $ 1,357,319  
 
           
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

2


Table of Contents

AptarGroup, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
In thousands, except per share amounts
 
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
               
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
 
               
Current Liabilities:
               
Notes payable
  $ 117,190     $ 97,650  
Current maturities of long-term obligations
    5,132       4,453  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    255,911       218,659  
         
 
    378,233       320,762  
         
 
               
Long-Term Obligations
    142,324       144,541  
         
 
               
Deferred Liabilities and Other:
               
Deferred income taxes
    42,635       45,056  
Retirement and deferred compensation plans
    37,304       31,023  
Deferred and other non-current liabilities
    1,429       1,849  
Commitments and contingencies
           
Minority interests
    5,173       4,700  
         
 
    86,541       82,628  
         
 
               
Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1 million shares authorized, none outstanding
           
Common stock, $.01 par value
    389       386  
Capital in excess of par value
    180,609       162,863  
Retained earnings
    804,752       771,304  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    84,557       24,289  
Less treasury stock at cost, 4.3 and 3.7 million shares as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005
    (170,477)       (149,454)  
 
           
 
    899,830       809,388  
         
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 1,506,928     $ 1,357,319  
 
           
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

3


Table of Contents

AptarGroup, Inc.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
In thousands, brackets denote cash outflows
 
                 
Six Months Ended June 30,   2006     2005  
 
               
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
               
Net income
  $ 47,478     $ 51,392  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
               
Depreciation
    53,506       49,593  
Amortization
    1,657       1,221  
Stock option based compensation
    9,255        
Provision for bad debts
    891       207  
Labor redeployment
    (558)        
Minority interests
    132       (71)  
Deferred income taxes
    (4,202)       (5,640)  
Retirement and deferred compensation plans
    2,196       1,039  
Equity in results of affiliates in excess of cash distributions received
    (195)       (807)  
Changes in balance sheet items, excluding effects from foreign currency
adjustments:
               
Accounts receivable
    (37,481)       (39,794)  
Inventories
    (12,690)       (10,747)  
Prepaid and other current assets
    (2,840)       (825)  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    14,871       17,162  
Income taxes payable
    5,458       2,622  
Other changes, net
    (82)       7,552  
         
Net Cash Provided by Operations
    77,396       72,904  
         
 
               
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
               
Capital expenditures
    (55,106)       (49,433)  
Disposition of property and equipment
    5,146       1,633  
Intangible assets acquired
    (1,924)       (718)  
Acquisition of businesses
    (21,315)       (29,345)  
Collection of notes receivable, net
    199       443  
         
Net Cash Used by Investing Activities
    (73,000)       (77,420)  
         
 
               
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
               
Proceeds from notes payable
    19,055       21,078  
Proceeds from long-term obligations
    4,642       589  
Repayments of long-term obligations
    (6,639)       (1,997)  
Dividends paid
    (14,030)       (10,652)  
Proceeds from stock options exercises
    9,817       6,743  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (22,672)       (43,714)  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    1,052        
         
Net Cash (Used) by Financing Activities
    (8,775)       (27,953)  
         
 
               
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash
    8,640       (14,373)  
         
 
               
Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash and Equivalents
    4,261       (46,842)  
Cash and Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    117,635       170,368  
         
Cash and Equivalents at End of Period
  $ 121,897     $ 123,526  
 
           
 
               
Supplemental Non-cash Financing Activities:
               
Capital lease obligations
  $ 1,780       100  
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

4


Table of Contents

AptarGroup, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(Amounts in Thousands, Except per Share Amounts, or Otherwise Indicated)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AptarGroup, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The terms “AptarGroup” or “Company” as used herein refer to AptarGroup, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
     In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the interim periods presented. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although the Company believes that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Accordingly, these unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005. The results of operations of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year.
     Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”. This statement replaces SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) 25. SFAS 123(R) requires that all share-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that such cost be measured at the fair value of the award. Also under the new standard, excess tax benefits related to issuance of equity instruments under share-based payment arrangements are considered financing instead of operating cash flow activities. The Company has adopted the modified prospective method of applying SFAS 123(R), which requires the recognition of compensation expense on a prospective basis. Accordingly, prior period financial statements have not been restated.
NOTE 2 — INVENTORIES
At June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, approximately 22% and 23%, respectively, of the total inventories are accounted for by using the LIFO method. Inventories, by component net of reserves, consisted of:
 
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
               
Raw materials
  $ 76,929     $ 65,644  
Work in progress
    47,804       41,032  
Finished goods
    87,783       81,105  
         
Total
    212,516       187,781  
Less LIFO Reserve
    (3,940)       (3,540)  
         
Total
  $ 208,576     $ 184,241  
 
           

5


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill since the year ended December 31, 2005 are as follows by reporting segment:
 
                                 
    Pharma   Beauty & Home     Closures     Total  
 
                               
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  $ 22,464     $ 145,749     $ 16,550     $ 184,763  
Acquisitions (See Note 11)
                9,473       9,473  
Foreign currency exchange effects
    1,682       5,211       961       7,854  
                     
Balance as of June 30, 2006
  $ 24,146     $ 150,960     $ 26,984     $ 202,090  
 
                       
The table below shows a summary of intangible assets as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
 
                                                         
            June 30, 2006     December 31, 2005  
                                               
Weighted Average     Gross                     Gross              
Amortization     Carrying     Accumulated     Net     Carrying     Accumulated     Net  
Period (Years)     Amount     Amortization     Value     Amount     Amortization     Value  
                                               
Amortized intangible assets:
                                                     
Patents
    14     $ 16,623     $ (8,699)     $ 7,924     $ 15,079     $ (7,471)     $ 7,608  
License agreements and other
  7       17,387       (7,600)       9,787       14,971       (6,171)       8,800  
 
                                           
 
    10       34,010       (16,299)       17,711       30,050       (13,642)       16,408  
 
                                           
Unamortized intangible assets:
                                                     
Minimum pension liability
          553             553       519             519  
 
                                           
 
            553             553       519             519  
 
                                           
Total intangible assets
          $ 34,563     $ (16,299)     $ 18,264     $ 30,569     $ (13,642)     $ 16,927  
 
                                           
     Aggregate amortization expense for the intangible assets above for the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $866 and $612, respectively. Aggregate amortization expense for the intangible assets above for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 was $1,657 and $1,221, respectively.
Estimated amortization expense for the years ending December 31 is as follows:
                 
2006
  $ 3,322          
2007
    3,322          
2008
    2,937          
2009
    2,373          
2010
    1,720          
     Future amortization expense may fluctuate depending on changes in foreign currency rates. The estimates for amortization expense noted above are based upon foreign exchange rates as of June 30, 2006.
NOTE 4 — TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
AptarGroup’s total comprehensive income/(loss) was as follows:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Net income
  $ 27,668     $ 29,324     $ 47,478     $ 51,392  
Add:    Foreign currency translation                 adjustment
    42,678       (45,695)       60,287       (79,533)  
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
                (19)        
                     
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
  $ 70,346     $ (16,371)     $ 107,746     $ (28,141)  
 
                       

6


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 — RETIREMENT AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
 
Three months ended June 30,
                                 
    Domestic Plans     Foreign Plans  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Service cost
  $ 987     $ 899     $ 344     $ 251  
Interest cost
    661       568       348       336  
Expected return on plan assets
    (604)       (547)       (146)       (113)  
Amortization of prior service cost
    1       1       18       25  
Amortization of net loss
    151       114       149       70  
                     
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 1,196     $ 1,035     $ 713     $ 569  
 
                       
Six months ended June 30,
                                 
    Domestic Plans     Foreign Plans  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Service cost
  $ 1,974     $ 1,892     $ 673     $ 511  
Interest cost
    1,322       1,196       682       683  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1,208)       (1,151)       (285)       (230)  
Amortization of prior service cost
    2       2       36       51  
Amortization of net loss
    302       240       294       143  
                     
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 2,392     $ 2,179     $ 1,400     $ 1,158  
 
                       
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
The Company previously disclosed in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005, that it expected to contribute approximately $2 million to its domestic defined benefit plans and approximately $1.6 million to its foreign defined benefit plans in 2006. As of June 30, 2006, the Company has contributed approximately $.3 million to its foreign plans and has not yet contributed to its domestic plans. The Company presently anticipates contributing an additional $1.3 million to fund its foreign plans and anticipates contributing approximately $2.5 million to its domestic plans for the remainder of 2006.
NOTE 6 — DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The Company maintains a foreign exchange risk management policy designed to establish a framework to protect the value of the Company’s non-functional denominated transactions from adverse changes in exchange rates. Sales of the Company’s products can be denominated in a currency different from the currency in which the related costs to produce the product are denominated. Changes in exchange rates on such inter-country sales impact the Company’s results of operations. The Company’s policy is not to engage in speculative foreign currency hedging activities, but to minimize its net foreign currency transaction exposure defined as firm commitments and transactions recorded and denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. The Company may use foreign currency forward exchange contracts, options and cross currency swaps to hedge these risks.
     The Company maintains an interest rate risk management strategy to minimize significant, unanticipated earnings fluctuations that may arise from volatility in interest rates.
     For derivative instruments designated as hedges, the Company formally documents the nature and relationships between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as the risk management objectives, strategies for undertaking the various hedge transactions, and the method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Additionally, in order to designate any derivative instrument as a hedge of an anticipated transaction, the significant characteristics and expected terms of any anticipated transaction must be specifically identified, and it must be probable that the anticipated transaction will occur.
FAIR VALUE HEDGES
The Company has an interest rate swap to convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt into variable-rate debt. Under the interest rate swap contract, the Company exchanges, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and floating-rate amounts, which is calculated based on an agreed upon notional amount.
     As of June 30, 2006, the Company recorded the fair value of derivative instrument of $750 thousand in other non-current assets with a corresponding increase to debt related to the fixed-to-variable interest rate swap agreement with a notional principal value of $25 million. No gain or loss related to the change in fair value was recorded in the income statement for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006 or 2005 since there was no hedge ineffectiveness.
CASH FLOW HEDGES
The Company did not use any cash flow hedges in the quarter or six months ended ended June 30, 2006 or 2005.

7


Table of Contents

HEDGE OF NET INVESTMENTS IN FOREIGN OPERATIONS
A significant number of the Company’s operations are located outside of the United States. Because of this, movements in exchange rates may have a significant impact on the translation of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company’s foreign entities. A strengthening U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies has a dilutive translation effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, a weakening U.S. dollar has an additive effect. The Company in some cases maintains debt in these subsidiaries to offset the net asset exposure. The Company does not otherwise actively manage this risk using derivative financial instruments. In the event the Company plans on a full or partial liquidation of any of its foreign subsidiaries where the Company’s net investment is likely to be monetized, the Company will consider hedging the currency exposure associated with such a transaction.
OTHER
As of June 30, 2006, the Company recorded the fair value of foreign currency forward exchange contracts of $0.7 million in prepaids and other current assets in the balance sheet. All forward exchange contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2006 had an aggregate contract amount of $72.4 million.
NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company, in the normal course of business, is subject to a number of lawsuits and claims both actual and potential in nature. Management believes the resolution of these claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse or positive effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flow.
     The Company has received a ruling in its favor in a patent litigation case in Europe for which it is a plaintiff. The defendant has appealed and no judgment amount has officially been awarded. The Company has not recorded a gain contingency, as the amount of the judgment is unknown and difficult to estimate.
     Under its Certificate of Incorporation, the Company has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at its request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, the Company has a directors and officers liability insurance policy that covers a portion of its exposure. As a result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. The Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of June 30, 2006.
NOTE 8 — STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
During the quarter ended June 30, 2006, the Company repurchased 346 thousand shares for an aggregate amount of $18.1 million. As of June 30, 2006, the Company has outstanding authorizations to repurchase up to approximately 677 thousand shares. The timing of and total amount expended for the share repurchase depends upon market conditions.
     On July 19, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an additional two million shares of its outstanding common stock. There is no expiration date for this repurchase program.
NOTE 9 — EARNINGS PER SHARE
AptarGroup’s authorized common stock consists of 99 million shares, having a par value of $.01 each. Information related to the calculation of earnings per share is as follows:
 
                                 
    Three months ended  
    June 30, 2006     June 30, 2005  
    Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic  
Consolidated operations
                               
Income available to common stockholders
  $ 27,668     $ 27,668     $ 29,324     $ 29,324  
                     
 
                               
Average equivalent shares
                               
Shares of common stock
    35,039       35,039       35,226       35,226  
Effect of dilutive stock based compensation
                               
Stock options
    821             1,089        
Restricted stock
    1             6        
                     
Total average equivalent shares
    35,861       35,039       36,321       35,226  
                     
Net income per share
  $ 0.77     $ 0.79     $ 0.81     $ 0.83  
 
                       

8


Table of Contents

                                 
    Six months ended  
    June 30, 2006     June 30, 2005  
    Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic  
Consolidated operations
                               
Income available to common stockholders
  $ 47,478     $ 47,478     $ 51,392     $ 51,392  
                     
 
                               
Average equivalent shares
                               
Shares of common stock
    35,057       35,057       35,431       35,431  
Effect of dilutive stock based compensation
                               
Stock options
    1,129             1,087        
Restricted stock
    3             7        
                     
Total average equivalent shares
    36,189       35,057       36,526       35,431  
                     
Net income per share
  $ 1.31     $ 1.35     $ 1.41     $ 1.45  
 
                       
NOTE 10 — SEGMENT INFORMATION
Beginning with the first quarter of 2006, the Company has been reporting new business segments that reflect AptarGroup’s realigned internal financial reporting structure. Prior period information has been conformed to the current presentation.
     The Company operates in the packaging components industry, which includes the development, manufacture and sale of consumer product dispensing systems. The Company is organized into three reporting segments. Operations that sell spray and lotion dispensing systems primarily to the personal care, fragrance/cosmetic and household markets form the Beauty & Home segment. Operations that sell dispensing systems to the pharmaceutical market form the Pharma segment. Operations that sell closures to each market served by AptarGroup form the Closures segment.
     The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company evaluates performance of its business segments and allocates resources based upon earnings before interest expense in excess of interest income, stock option and corporate expenses, income taxes and unusual items (collectively referred to as “Segment Income”). These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, net cash provided by operating activities or other income statement or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP or as measures of profitability or liquidity. In addition, these measures, as we determine them, may not be comparable to related or similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
Financial information regarding the Company’s reportable segments is shown below:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Total Sales:
                               
Beauty & Home
  $ 211,113     $ 178,024     $ 409,035     $ 358,966  
Closures
    109,731       102,148       215,460       197,301  
Pharma
    81,686       78,862       156,643       149,576  
Other
    386       337       612       666  
                     
Total Sales
    402,916       359,371       781,750       706,509  
 
                               
Less: Intersegment Sales:
                               
Beauty & Home
  $ 3,530     $ 2,140     $ 6,144     $ 3,975  
Closures
    289       411       530       819  
Pharma
    225       470       568       1,102  
Other
    247       238       415       502  
                     
Total Intersegment Sales
  $ 4,291     $ 3,259     $ 7,657     $ 6,398  
 
                               
Net Sales:
                               
Beauty & Home
  $ 207,583     $ 175,884     $ 402,891     $ 354,991  
Closures
    109,442       101,737       214,930       196,482  
Pharma
    81,461       78,392       156,075       148,474  
Other
    139       99       197       164  
                     
Net Sales
  $ 398,625     $ 356,112     $ 774,093     $ 700,111  
 
                       
 
                               
Segment Income:
                               
Beauty & Home
  $ 19,752     $ 15,585     $ 36,385     $ 30,481  
Closures
    12,186       12,349       22,723       20,611  
Pharma
    19,848       20,293       36,911       36,557  
Corporate Expenses & Other (1)
    (8,387)       (7,057)       (20,674)       (12,103)  
                     
Income before interest and taxes
  $ 43,399     $ 41,170     $ 75,345     $ 75,546  
Interest expense, net
    (3,067)       (2,279)       (5,966)       (4,202)  
                     
Income before income taxes
  $ 40,332     $ 38,891     $ 69,379     $ 71,344  
 
                       
 
                               
Depreciation and Amortization:
                               

9


Table of Contents

                                 
Beauty & Home
  $ 16,138     $ 14,165     $ 32,124     $ 28,215  
Closures
    6,395       5,975       12,371       11,911  
Pharma
    4,895       4,650       9,358       9,705  
Other
    822       492       1,310       983  
                     
Depreciation and Amortization
  $ 28,250     $ 25,282     $ 55,163     $ 50,814  
 
                       
 
                               
 
 
                               
 
  June 30,     June 30,                
 
    2006       2005                  
 
                               
Capital Expenditures:
                               
Beauty & Home
  $ 33,196     $ 28,102                  
Closures
    14,288       10,071                  
Pharma
    4,881       11,072                  
Other
    2,741       188                  
                         
Capital Expenditures
  $ 55,106     $ 49,433                  
 
                           
 
                               
 
 
                               
 
 
June 30,
   
December 31,
               
 
    2006       2005                  
Total Assets:
                               
Beauty & Home
  $ 875,474     $ 790,147                  
Closures
    298,160       259,104                  
Pharma
    241,061       221,667                  
Other
    92,233       86,401                  
                         
Total Assets
  $ 1,506,928     $ 1,357,319                  
 
                           
(1) Corporate Expenses & Other amount for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2006 includes $2.1 million and $9.2 million, respectively, relating to stock option expense.
NOTE 11 — ACQUISITIONS
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company acquired the net assets of CCL Dispensing Systems, LLC (“CCLDS”) for approximately $21.3 million in cash. No debt was assumed in the transaction. CCLDS is located in Libertyville, Illinois and produces primarily dispensing closures. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to Goodwill. Preliminary goodwill of approximately $9.5 million was recorded on the acquisition and is deductible for tax purposes. The condensed consolidated statement of income includes CCLDS’ results of operations from February 6, 2006, the date of the acquisition.
NOTE 12 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”. This statement replaces SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) 25. SFAS 123(R) requires that all share-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial statements and that such cost be measured at the fair value of the award. Also under the new standard, excess tax benefits related to issuance of equity instruments under share-based payment arrangements are considered financing instead of operating cash flow activities. The Company has adopted the modified prospective method of applying SFAS 123(R), which requires the recognition of compensation expense on a prospective basis. Accordingly, prior period financial statements have not been restated.
     Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company applied APB 25 to account for stock-based awards. Under APB 25, the Company only recorded stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock unit grants, which amounted to $.2 million in the first half of 2005 compared to $.3 million in the first half of 2006. Under APB 25, the Company was not required to recognize compensation expense for stock options. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock option based compensation in the prior year.

10


Table of Contents

 
                 
  Three months ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
    2005     2005  
 
               
Net income, as reported
  $ 29,324     $ 51,392  
Deduct: Total stock option based compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    1,363       2,639  
         
Pro forma net income
  $ 27,961     $ 48,753  
 
           
 
               
Earnings per share:
               
Basic — as reported
  $ .83     $ 1.45  
Basic — pro forma
  $ .79     $ 1.38  
Diluted — as reported
  $ .81     $ 1.41  
Diluted — pro forma
  $ .77     $ 1.33  
     SFAS 123(R) upon adoption requires the application of the non-substantive vesting approach which means that an award is fully vested when the employee’s retention of the award is no longer contingent on providing subsequent service. Under this approach, compensation costs are recognized over the requisite service period of the award instead of ratably over the vesting period stated in the grant. As such, costs would be recognized immediately, if the employee is retirement eligible on the date of grant or over the period from the date of grant until retirement eligibility if retirement eligibility is reached before the end of the vesting period stated in the grant. For awards granted prior to adoption, the Company will continue to recognize compensation costs ratably over the vesting period with accelerated recognition of the unvested portion upon actual retirement. Had the Company been previously using the non-substantive approach, stock option expense net of related tax effects would have been lower by $.6 million ($.02 per share) for the quarter ended June 30, 2005 and would have been higher by approximately $2.0 million ($.05 per share) for the six months ended June 30, 2005.
     The Company issues stock options and restricted stock units to employees under Stock Awards Plans approved by shareholders. Stock options are issued to non-employee directors for their services as directors under Director Stock Option Plans approved by shareholders. Options are awarded with the exercise price equal to the market price on the date of grant and generally become exercisable over three years and expire 10 years after grant. Restricted stock generally vests over three years.
     Compensation expense recorded attributable to stock options for the first half of 2006 was approximately $9.2 million ($6.0 million after tax), or $.17 per share (basic and diluted). The income tax benefit related to this compensation expense was approximately $3.2 million. Approximately $8.7 million of the compensation expense was recorded in selling, research & development and administrative expenses and the balance was recorded in cost of sales.
     The Company uses historical data to estimate expected life and volatility. The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted under the Stock Awards Plans was $16.09 and $15.47 per share in 2006 and 2005, respectively. These values were estimated on the respective dates of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
                 
Stock Awards Plans:            
Six months ended June 30,   2006     2005  
 
               
Dividend Yield
    1.6%       1.4%  
Expected Stock Price Volatility
    24.8%       27.2%  
Risk-free Interest Rate
    4.3%       4.0%  
Expected Life of Option (years)
    7.0       7.0  
The fair value of stock options granted under the Director Stock Option Plans in 2006 and 2005 was $17.26 and $16.60 per share, respectively. These values were estimated on the respective date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
                 
Director Stock Option Plans:            
Six months ended June 30,   2006     2005  
 
               
Dividend Yield
    1.5%       1.2%  
Expected Stock Price Volatility
    24.8%       26.9%  
Risk-free Interest Rate
    5.1%       4.1%  
Expected Life of Option (years)
    7.0       7.0  
A summary of option activity under the Company’s stock option plans as of June 30, 2006, and changes during the period then ended is presented below:
 

11


Table of Contents

                                 
    Stock Awards Plans     Director Stock Option Plans  
    Weighted Average     Weighted Average  
    Shares     Exercise Price     Shares     Exercise Price  
 
                               
Outstanding, January 1, 2006
    3,708,406     $ 32.73       117,000     $ 40.40  
Granted
    609,000       54.02       6,000       54.36  
Exercised
    (315,314)       25.04       (2,000)       34.40  
Forfeited or expired
    (16,555)       40.32       (10,000)       39.96  
                     
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
    3,985,537     $ 36.56       111,000     $ 41.31  
 
                       
Exercisable at June 30, 2006
    2,783,558     $ 30.79       81,000     $ 37.37  
 
                       
 
                               
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years):
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
    6.3               6.4          
Exercisable at June 30, 2006
    5.2               5.5          
 
                               
Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($000):
                               
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
  $ 54,705             $ 1,040          
Exercisable at June 30, 2006
  $ 52,396             $ 1,040          
 
                               
Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised ($000) During the Six Months Ended:
June 31, 2006
  $ 9,212             $ 36          
June 30, 2005
  $ 6,157             $ 118          
     The fair value of shares vested during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $8.2 million and $7.0 million, respectively. Cash received from option exercises was approximately $9.9 million and the actual tax benefit realized for the tax deduction from option exercises was approximately $1.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006. As of June 30, 2006, the remaining valuation of stock option awards to be expensed in future periods was $11.8 million and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 1.4 years.
     The fair value of restricted stock grants is the market price of the underlying shares on the grant date. A summary of restricted stock unit activity as of June 30, 2006, and changes during the period then ended is presented below:
 
                 
            Weighted-Average  
    Shares     Grant-Date Fair Value  
 
               
Nonvested at January 1, 2006
    18,015     $ 34.59  
Granted
    3,363       55.02  
Vested
    (13,194)       31.01  
         
Nonvested at June 30, 2006
    8,184     $ 48.75  
 
           
     The fair value of units vested during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $409 thousand and $357 thousand, respectively. The intrinsic value of units vested during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 was $749 thousand and $790 thousand, respectively. As of June 30, 2006, there was $183 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost relating to restricted stock unit awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.
NOTE 13 — REDEPLOYMENT PROGRAM
The Company announced in the third quarter of 2005 a three year plan to reduce and redeploy certain personnel in its French fragrance/cosmetic operations. The objective of this three year plan is to better align production equipment and personnel between several sites in France to ultimately reduce costs and maintain competitiveness. This plan will be implemented in phases over a three year period and is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2008. The plan anticipates a headcount reduction by the end of 2008 of approximately 90 people. Total costs associated with the Redeployment Program are expected to be approximately $7 to $9 million before taxes over the three year period and primarily relate to employee severance costs. Approximately $.4 million and $1.4 million of such charges before tax and $.3 million and $1.0 million after-tax or approximately $0.01 and $0.03 per diluted share were recorded in the three and six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively. The following table below highlights the pre-tax amount incurred in the period and the ending liability at the end of June 30, 2006. All charges related to the Redeployment Program are included in Cost of Sales in the condensed consolidated statement of income.

12


Table of Contents

 
                                         
            Charges For                        
    Beginning Reserve     The Six Months                     Ending Reserve  
    At 01/01/06     Ended 06/30/06     Cash Paid     FX Impact     At 06/30/06  
 
                                       
Employee severance
  $ 2,323     $ 853     $ (1,637 )   $ 226     $ 1,765  
Other costs
          501       (524 )     23        
 
                             
Totals
  $ 2,323     $ 1,354     $ (2,161 )   $ 249     $ 1,765  
 
                             
NOTE 14 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has negotiated an amendment to its revolving credit facility (including a $50 million increase in the amount of the facility to $200 million) and refinanced $50 million of existing borrowings with private placement debt. Both of these activities were completed on July 31, 2006.
     On July 19, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an additional two million shares of its outstanding common stock. There is no expiration date for this repurchase program.

13


Table of Contents

ITEM 2  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED)
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Net Sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown below)
    67.3       67.0       67.5       67.3  
Selling, research & development and administration
    14.6       14.4       15.6       14.7  
Depreciation and amortization
    7.1       7.1       7.1       7.2  
                     
Operating Income
    11.0       11.5       9.8       10.8  
Other income (expense)
    (0.9 )     (0.6 )     (0.8 )     (0.6 )
                     
Income before income taxes
    10.1       10.9       9.0       10.2  
                     
 
                               
Net income
    6.9%     8.2%     6.1%     7.3%  
 
                       
 
                               
Effective Tax Rate
    31.4 %     24.6 %     31.6 %     28.0 %
NET SALES
Net sales for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2006 were a record $398.6 million and $774.1 million, respectively, and represented increases of 12% and 11%, respectively, over the same periods a year ago. The U.S. dollar was relatively flat versus the Euro in the second quarter of 2006 compared to 2005, but was stronger for the six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to the same period a year ago. As a result, changes in exchange rates did not have a material impact in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, but did negatively impact sales growth by approximately 2% for the six months ended June 30, 2006. Sales from acquired companies accounted for approximately 7% of the increase in sales for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2006. Price increases, primarily related to material cost increases passed along to customers, had a positive effect on net sales in the quarter and first half of 2006. The changes in sales by reporting segment were as follows:
    Net sales by the Beauty and Home segment increased 18% and 13% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively, compared to the same periods a year ago. Changes in foreign currency rates did not impact the quarterly sales, but negatively impacted sales for the first six months by approximately 2%. Acquisitions accounted for 12% of the sales growth for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2006. Excluding the effects of foreign currency and acquisitions, sales increased 6% and 3% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year.
    Net sales by the Pharma segment increased 4% and 5% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively, compared to the same periods a year ago. Changes in foreign currency rates did not impact the quarterly sales, but negatively impacted sales for the first six months by approximately 3%. Sales of tooling to customers decreased approximately $4.1 million and $.3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006.
    Net sales by the Closures segment increased approximately 8% and 9% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively, compared to the same periods a year ago. Changes in foreign currency rates did not impact the quarterly sales, but negatively impacted sales for the first six months by approximately 1%. Acquisitions accounted for 5% of the sales growth for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 4% of the sales growth for the six months ended June 30, 2006. Excluding the effects of foreign currency and acquisitions, sales increased approximately 3% and 6% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, net sales by geographic location:
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     % of Total   2005     % of Total   2006     % of Total   2005     % of Total
 
                                                               
Domestic
  $ 119,004       30 %   $ 111,169       31 %   $ 231,347       30 %   $ 213,335       30 %
Europe
    243,580       61 %     213,389       60 %     473,059       61 %     423,582       61 %
Other Foreign
    36,041       9 %     31,554       9 %     69,687       9 %     63,194       9 %

14


Table of Contents

COST OF SALES (EXCLUSIVE OF DEPRECIATION SHOWN BELOW)
Our cost of sales as a percent of net sales increased slightly to 67.3% in the second quarter of 2006 compared to 67.0% in the second quarter of 2005. Our cost of sales percentage was negatively influenced by the following factors in the second quarter of 2006:
Rising Raw Material Costs.  Raw material costs, in particular plastic resin costs in the U.S. and metal prices worldwide, continued to increase in the second quarter of 2006 compared to 2005. While the majority of the plastic resin raw material price increase has been passed on to customers in the form of selling price increases, the net effect is a reduction in the margin percentage.
Stock Option Expenses.  Stock option expense of approximately $200 thousand for certain manufacturing employees was recorded in the second quarter of 2006 due to the adoption of SFAS 123R at the beginning of 2006.
Higher Compliance Costs For The Pharma Industry.  We incurred additional costs in our pharma segment due to more stringent quality standards on certain of our products. These costs include, among others, higher personnel-related costs to assure the level of quality demanded by this market and higher scrap associated with the destruction of non-usable components.
Our cost of sales as a percent of net sales increased slightly to 67.5% in the first half of 2006 compared to 67.3% in the first half of 2005. Our cost of sale percentage was negatively influenced by the following factors in the first six months of 2006:
Rising Raw Material Costs.  Raw material costs, in particular plastic resin costs in the U.S. and metal prices worldwide, continued to increase in the first half of 2006 compared to 2005. While the majority of the plastic resin raw material price increase has been passed on to customers in the form of selling price increases, the net effect is a reduction in the margin percentage.
Stock Option Expenses.  Stock option expense of approximately $500 thousand for certain manufacturing employees was recorded beginning in the first half of 2006 due to the adoption of SFAS 123R.
Higher Compliance Costs For The Pharma Industry.  We incurred additional costs in our pharma segment due to more stringent quality standards on certain of our products. These costs include among others, higher personnel-related costs to assure the level of quality demanded by this market and higher scrap associated with the destruction of non-usable components.
SELLING, RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE
Our Selling, Research & Development and Administrative expenses (“SG&A”) increased by approximately $7.0 million in the second quarter of 2006 compared to the same period a year ago. Approximately $1.9 million (or .5% of net sales) of the increase relates to the expensing of stock options beginning in 2006 due to the adoption of SFAS 123R for all administrative personnel. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $3.0 million of the increase in SG&A in the quarter. The remainder of the increase is due primarily to normal inflationary cost increases. SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased to 14.6% compared to 14.4% of net sales in the same period of the prior year primarily due to the expensing of stock options.
     SG&A increased by approximately $17.8 million in the first half of 2006 compared to the same period a year ago. Approximately $8.7 million (or 1.1% of net sales) of the increase relates to the expensing of stock options beginning in 2006 for all administrative personnel. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $6.2 million of the increase in SG&A during the first half of the year. Changes in foreign currency rates positively impacted (less expense) SG&A by approximately $2.8 million. The remainder of the increase is due primarily to normal inflationary cost increases. SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased to 15.6% compared to 14.7% of net sales in the same period of the prior year primarily due to the expensing of stock options.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
Depreciation and amortization increased approximately $3.0 million in the second quarter of 2006 to $28.3 million compared to $25.3 million in the second quarter of 2005. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $2.4 million of additional depreciation and amortization expense in the quarter.
     Depreciation and amortization increased approximately $4.4 million in the first half of 2006 to $55.2 million compared to $50.8 million in the first half of 2005. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $5.5 million of additional depreciation and amortization expense compared to the prior year. Changes in foreign currency rates positively impacted (less expense) depreciation and amortization by approximately $1.3 million.

15


Table of Contents

OPERATING INCOME
Operating income increased approximately $2.6 million in the second quarter of 2006 to $43.8 million compared to $41.1 million in the same period in the prior year. Acquisitions added approximately $2.5 million in operating income during the quarter which was offset by $2.1 million in stock option expense recorded in the quarter. The additional growth in operating income is primarily related to the increased sales and profitability of the Beauty and Home segment. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased to 11.0% in the second quarter of 2006 compared to 11.5% for the same period in the prior year.
     Operating income increased approximately $0.7 million in the first half of 2006 to $76.2 million compared to $75.5 million in the same period in the prior year. Acquisitions added approximately $4.7 million to operating income in the first half of the year, but this was more than offset by $9.2 million (or 1.2% of net sales) in stock option expense recorded in the first half of 2006. Increases in sales volumes is the primary reason for the overall net increase in operating income for the first half of the year. Operating income as a percentage of sales decreased to 9.8% in the first half of 2006 compared to 10.8% for the same period in the prior year.
NET OTHER EXPENSE
Net other expenses in the second quarter of 2006 increased to $3.4 million from $2.2 million in the same period in the prior year primarily reflecting increased interest expense of $0.9 million. The increase in interest expense is due primarily to higher average interest rates and higher borrowing levels. In addition, there was a reduction in income of affiliates of $0.4 million due to the acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2005 of a previously owned joint venture.
     Net other expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased to $6.8 million from $4.1 million in the same period in the prior year primarily reflecting increased interest expense of $1.9 million. The increase in interest expense is due primarily to higher average interest rates and higher borrowing levels. In addition, there was a reduction in income of affiliates of $0.6 million due to the acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2005 of a previously owned joint venture.
EFFECTIVE TAX RATE
The reported effective tax rate increased to 31.4% for the three months ended June 30, 2006 compared to 24.6% in the second quarter of 2005 due primarily to $3.2 million of tax benefits recorded in the prior year second quarter related to previous year research and development credits received and a special one-time Italian tax law policy change on previously issued government grants.
     The reported effective tax rate increased to 31.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2006 compared to 28.0% in the first half of 2005 due primarily to prior year tax benefits mentioned above.
NET INCOME
We reported net income of $27.7 million in the second quarter of 2006 compared to $29.3 million in the second quarter of 2005. The primary reason for the decrease is the tax benefits received in the prior year mentioned above as well as the stock option expense of $1.4 million after tax recorded in the second quarter of 2006. Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was $47.5 million compared to $51.4 million for the first six months of the prior year. The decrease once again is due to the $3.1 million tax benefits received in the prior year mentioned above as well as approximately $6.0 million after tax in stock option expense recorded in the first half of 2006.
BEAUTY & HOME SEGMENT
Beginning with the first quarter of 2006, we have been reporting new business segments that reflect our realigned internal financial reporting structure. Prior period information has been conformed to the current presentation.
     Operations that sell spray and lotion dispensing systems primarily to the personal care, fragrance/cosmetic and household markets form the Beauty & Home segment.
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Net Sales
  $ 207,583     $ 175,884     $ 402,891     $ 354,991  
Segment Income (1)
    19,752       15,585       36,385       30,481  
Segment Income as a percentage of Net Sales
    9.5 %     8.9 %     9.0 %     8.6 %
(1) Segment Income is defined as earnings before net interest, stock option and corporate expenses, income taxes and unusual items. The Company evaluates performance of its business units and allocates resources based upon Segment Income. For a reconciliation of Segment Income to income before income taxes, see Note 10 — Segment information to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1.
     Net sales for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 increased 18% in the second quarter of 2006 to $207.6 million compared to $175.9 million in the second quarter of the prior year. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $20.6 million or 12% of the sales increase. Changes in exchange rates did not impact sales during the quarter. Sales excluding acquisitions to the

16


Table of Contents

fragrance/cosmetic market were very strong in the quarter, growing nearly 12% compared to the second quarter of 2005, reflecting the success of our new sampling devices and strong demand for our pumps to the high end of the market. Sales excluding acquisitions to the personal care market increased approximately 7% in the second quarter of 2006 compared to the same period in the prior year, while sales to the household market decreased approximately 28% due primarily to a sluggish paint and automotive market combined with a conscious effort to reduce sales at lower margin accounts.
     Net sales for the first six months of 2006 increased 13% in the first six months of 2006 to $402.9 million compared to $355.0 million in the first six months of the prior year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates negatively impacted the sales increase by approximately 2%. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $43.2 million or 12% of the sales increase. Sales excluding foreign currency changes and acquisitions to the personal care and fragrance/cosmetic market both increased approximately 6% in the first six months of 2006 compared to the same period in the prior year, while sales to the household market decreased approximately 17% primarily for the reasons mentioned above.
     Segment Income in the second quarter of 2006 increased approximately 27% to $19.8 million compared to $15.6 million reported in the same period in the prior year. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $1.8 million of segment income in the quarter. The remainder of the increase in segment income is due primarily to the significant increase in sales to the high-end of the fragrance/cosmetic market coming from the successful introduction of new products.
     Segment Income in the first six months of 2006 increased approximately 19% to $36.4 million compared to $30.5 million reported in the same period in the prior year. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $3.8 million of segment income in the first six months. The remainder of the increase is primarily due to the increased sales to the fragrance/cosmetic market mentioned above.
CLOSURES SEGMENT
The Closures segment designs and manufactures primarily dispensing closures. These products are sold primarily to the personal care, household and food/beverage markets.
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Net Sales
  $ 109,442     $ 101,737     $ 214,930     $ 196,482  
Segment Income
    12,186       12,349       22,723       20,611  
Segment Income as a percentage of Net Sales
    11.1 %     12.1 %     10.6 %     10.5 %
     Net sales for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 increased approximately 8% in the second quarter of 2006 to $109.4 million compared to $101.7 million in the second quarter of the prior year. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $5.1 million or 5% of the sales increase. Sales excluding acquisitions to the personal care market decreased approximately 3% in the second quarter of 2006 compared to the same period in the prior year, while sales to the food/beverage market increased 8% and sales to the household market increased 9%.
     Net sales for the first six months of 2006 increased approximately 9% in the first six months of 2006 to $214.9 million compared to $196.5 million in the first six months of the prior year. Changes in currencies rates had a 1% negative impact on the sales increase. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $8.1 million or 4% of the sales increase. Sales excluding foreign currency changes and acquisitions to the personal care market increased approximately 1% in the first six months of 2006 compared to the same period in the prior year, while sales to the food/beverage market increased 20% and sales to the household market decreased 2%.
     Segment Income in the second quarter of 2006 decreased approximately 1% to $12.2 million compared to $12.3 million reported in the same period in the prior year. The profit from increased sales volume was offset by higher research and development costs in the quarter. The acquisition of the net assets of CCL Dispensing had a $300 thousand positive impact on segment income in the second quarter of 2006.
     Segment Income in the first six months of 2006 increased approximately 10% to $22.7 million compared to $20.6 million reported in the same period of the prior year. The increase in segment income is primarily derived from increased sales volumes in the first six months. The acquisition of the net assets of CCL Dispensing had a $200 thousand positive impact on segment income in the first six months of 2006.

17


Table of Contents

PHARMACEUTICAL SEGMENT
Operations that sell dispensing systems to the pharmaceutical market form the Pharma segment.
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
                               
Net Sales
  $ 81,461     $ 78,392     $ 156,075     $ 148,474  
Segment Income
    19,848       20,293       36,911       36,557  
Segment Income as a percentage of Net Sales
    24.4 %     25.9 %     23.6 %     24.6 %
     Our net sales for the Pharmaceutical segment grew by 4% in the second quarter of 2006 to $81.5 million compared to $78.4 million in the second quarter of 2005. Increased selling prices to this market positively impacted the sales growth in the quarter. Sales of metering valves and unit dose products were strong during the quarter. Sales of tooling to customers decreased in the quarter by approximately $4.1 million due to a large sale of tooling to a particular customer in the second quarter of 2005.
     Our net sales for the Pharmaceutical segment grew by 5% in the first six months of 2006 to $156.1 million compared to $148.5 million in the first six months of 2005. Changes in foreign currency rates negatively impacted the sales growth by approximately 3% for the first half of 2006. Increased selling prices to this market positively impacted the sales growth in the first half of 2006. Sales of metering valves were strong during the first half of the year.
     Segment Income in the second quarter of 2006 decreased approximately 2% to $19.8 million compared to $20.3 million reported in the same period in the prior year. Quality issues and compliance related costs contributed significantly to the decrease in segment income.
     Segment Income in the first six months of 2006 increased approximately 1% to $36.9 million compared to $36.6 million reported in the same period in the prior year but decreased as a percentage of net sales. Once again higher quality-related costs and compliance related costs negatively impacted segment income in 2006.
FOREIGN CURRENCY
A significant number of our operations are located outside of the United States. Because of this, movements in exchange rates may have a significant impact on the translation of the financial statements of our foreign entities. Our primary foreign exchange exposure is to the Euro, but we have foreign exchange exposure to South American and Asian currencies, among others. We manage our foreign exchange exposures principally with forward exchange contracts to hedge certain transactions and firm purchase and sales commitments denominated in foreign currencies. A strengthening U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies has a dilutive translation effect on our financial statements. Conversely, a U.S. weakening dollar has an additive effect. In some cases, we sell products denominated in a currency different from the currency in which the related costs are incurred. Changes in exchange rates on such inter-country sales could materially impact our results of operations.
QUARTERLY TRENDS
Our results of operations in the second half of the year typically are negatively impacted by customer plant shutdowns in the summer months in Europe and plant shutdowns in December. In the future, our results of operations in a quarterly period could be impacted by factors such as changes in product mix, changes in material costs, changes in growth rates in the industries to which our products are sold, recognition of equity based compensation expense for retirement eligible employees in the period of grant and changes in general economic conditions in any of the countries in which we do business.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flow from operations and our revolving credit facility. Cash and equivalents increased to $121.9 million from $117.6 million at December 31, 2005. Total short and long-term interest bearing debt increased in the first half of 2006 to $264.6 million from $246.6 million at December 31, 2005. The ratio of our Net Debt (interest bearing debt less cash and cash equivalents) to Net Capital (stockholder’s equity plus Net Debt) remained constant at approximately 14% compared to December 31, 2005.
     In the first half of 2006, our operations provided approximately $77.4 million in cash flow compared to $72.9 million for the same period a year ago. In both periods, cash flow from operations was primarily derived from earnings before depreciation and amortization. The increase in cash flow is primarily attributable to an increase in earnings before depreciation, amortization and non-cash stock option expense. During the first half of 2006, we utilized the majority of the operating cash flows to finance capital expenditures and acquisitions.
     We used $73.0 million in cash for investing activities during the first half of 2006, compared to $77.4 million during the same period a year ago. The sum of capital expenditures ($55.1 million) and acquisition of businesses ($21.3 million) in the first half of 2006 was comparable to the sum of capital expenditures ($49.4 million) and acquisition of businesses ($29.3 million) spent in the first half of 2005. The acquisition of the net assets of CCL Dispensing in 2006 was financed primarily with an increase in short-term borrowings. Cash outlays for capital expenditures for 2006 are estimated to be approximately $110 million.
     We used approximately $8.8 million in cash from financing activities in the first half of 2006 compared to $28 million in cash used in the first half of the prior year. The decrease in cash used from financing activities is due primarily to a decrease of approximately $21.0 million in purchases of treasury stock in the first half of 2006 compared to the first half of 2005.
     Our revolving credit facility and certain long-term obligations require us to satisfy certain financial and other covenants including:

18


Table of Contents

             
    Requirement   Level at June 30, 2006
Interest coverage ratio
  At least 3.5 to 1   18 to 1
Debt to total capital ratio
  No more than 55%   23%  
     Based upon the above interest coverage ratio covenant as of June 30, 2006, we could borrow additional debt up to a limit where interest expense would not exceed approximately $73.6 million. Actual interest expense for the past four quarters was approximately $14.1 million. Based upon the above debt to capital ratio covenant we would have the ability to borrow an additional $835 million before the 55% requirement would be exceeded.
     We have negotiated an amendment to our revolving credit facility (including a $50 million increase in the amount of the facility to $200 million) and refinanced $50 million of existing borrowings with private placement debt. Both of these activities were completed on July 31, 2006.
     Our foreign operations have historically met cash requirements with the use of internally generated cash or borrowings. Foreign subsidiaries have financing arrangements with several foreign banks to fund operations located outside the U.S., but all these lines are uncommitted. Cash generated by foreign operations has generally been reinvested locally. The majority of our $121.9 million in cash and equivalents is located outside of the U.S. In 2005, we decided to repatriate in 2006 a portion of non-U.S. subsidiary current year earnings. Approximately $12.9 million was repatriated in the second quarter of 2006. We provided for additional taxes of approximately $.6 million in 2005 for this repatriation.
     We believe we are in a strong financial position and have the financial resources to meet business requirements in the foreseeable future. We have historically used cash flow from operations as our primary source of liquidity. In the event that customer demand would decrease significantly for a prolonged period of time and negatively impact cash flow from operations, we would have the ability to restrict and significantly reduce capital expenditure levels, which historically have been the most significant use of cash for us. A prolonged and significant reduction in capital expenditure levels could increase future repairs and maintenance costs as well as have a negative impact on operating margins if we were unable to invest in new innovative products.
     On July 19, 2006, the Board of Directors declared an increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.20 per share to $0.22 per share payable on August 22, 2006 to stockholders of record as of August 1, 2006.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
We lease certain warehouse, plant and office facilities as well as certain equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through the year 2018. Most of the operating leases contain renewal options and certain equipment leases include options to purchase during or at the end of the lease term. We have an option on one building lease to purchase the building during or at the end of the term of the lease at approximately the amount expended by the lessor for the purchase of the building and improvements, which was the fair value of the facility at the inception of the lease. This lease has been accounted for as an operating lease. If the Company exercises its option to purchase the building, the Company would account for this transaction as a capital expenditure. If the Company does not exercise the purchase option by the end of the lease in 2008, the Company would be required to pay an amount not to exceed $9.5 million and would receive certain rights to the proceeds from the sale of the related property. The value of the rights to be obtained relating to this property is expected to exceed the amount paid if the purchase option is not exercised. Other than operating lease obligations, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 155 “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140.” This Statement allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to be accounted for as a whole (eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host) if the holder elects to account for the whole instrument on a fair value basis. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company has performed a preliminary evaluation and determined that it currently does not have any embedded derivatives and as a result the adoption of this accounting pronouncement is not expected to have an impact on the financial results of the Company.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP often requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company, as well as the related footnote disclosures. Management bases its estimates on knowledge of our operations, markets in which we operate, historical trends, and other assumptions. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
     As discussed in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Results of Operations and Financial Condition” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, management considers the Company’s policies on Impairment of Goodwill, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Valuation of Pension Benefits and Income Taxes on Undistributed Earnings of Foreign Subsidiaries to be the most important to the portrayal of AptarGroup’s financial condition and results of operations because they require the use of estimates, assumptions and the application of judgment.
     Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment”. With the adoption of SFAS 123R, AptarGroup has added “Share-Based Compensation” as a critical accounting policy.
SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has adopted the modified prospective method of applying SFAS 123(R), which requires the recognition of compensation expense on a prospective basis. Accordingly, prior period financial statements have not been restated. Among its provisions, SFAS 123R requires the Company to recognize compensation expense for equity awards over the service period

19


Table of Contents

based on their grant-date fair value. The compensation expense is recognized only for share-based payments expected to vest and we estimate forfeitures at the date of grant based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations.
     The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-valuation model to value stock options, which requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (“expected term”), the estimated volatility of the Company’s stock price, risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield and stock price. The expected term of the options is based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. The expected term determines the period for which the risk-free interest rate and volatility must be applied. The risk-free interest rate is based on the expected U.S. Treasury rate over the expected term. Expected stock price volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock price. Dividend yield is management’s long-term estimate of annual dividends to be paid as a percentage of share price.
     For 2006, the impact of adopting SFAS 123R is expected to reduce our operating income by $13.3 million and our diluted earnings per share by $0.24. Future changes in the subjective assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-valuation model or estimates associated with forfeitures could materially affect the share-based compensation expense and, consequently, the related amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income.
OUTLOOK
We expect sales to continue to increase in the third quarter with sales by each of our business segments expecting to grow. Strong customer demand in the high-end sector of the fragrance/cosmetics market along with a continuing positive trend in the personal care market and the impact from companies acquired in the fourth quarter of 2005 are expected to drive sales in the Beauty and Home segment higher than the prior year. Sales in the Closures segment are also expected to increase over the prior year due partially to the full quarter impact of the acquisition of CCL Dispensing in the first quarter of 2006 as well as increased volumes of the core products. Sales in the Pharma segment are expected to improve despite more difficult quality compliance requirements.
     Raw material costs are expected to continue to rise in the third quarter in particular for metal components. This may have a negative impact on the anticipated results if delays or difficulties are encountered in passing through these additional costs to customers or the supply of metal components becomes tight.
     Stock option expense is estimated to negatively impact diluted earnings per share by approximately $.04 per share in the third quarter.
     We anticipate that diluted earnings per share for the third quarter of 2006 will be in the range of $.74 to $.79 per share including the $.04 negative impact coming from stock option expenses, compared to $.69 per share in the prior year.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis and certain other sections of this Form 10-Q contain forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could” are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to us. Accordingly, our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to known or unknown risks and uncertainties that exist in our operations and business environment, including but not limited to:
  difficulties in product development and uncertainties related to the timing or outcome of product development;
  the cost and availability of raw materials (particularly resin);
  our ability to increase prices;
  our ability to contain costs and improve productivity;
  our ability to meet future cash flow estimates to support our goodwill impairment testing;
  direct or indirect consequences of acts of war or terrorism;
  difficulties in complying with government regulation;
  competition (particularly from Asia) and technological change;
  our ability to protect and defend our intellectual property rights;
  the timing and magnitude of capital expenditures;
  our ability to successfully integrate our recent acquisitions and our ability to identify potential new acquisitions and to successfully acquire and integrate such operations or products;
  significant fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
  economic and market conditions worldwide;
  changes in customer spending levels;
  work stoppages due to labor disputes;
  the timing and recognition of the costs of the workforce redeployment program in France;
  the demand for existing and new products;
  significant product liability claims;
  other risks associated with our operations.
     Although we believe that our forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, there can be no assurance that actual results, performance or achievements will not differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

20


Table of Contents

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
A significant number of our operations are located outside of the United States. Because of this, movements in exchange rates may have a significant impact on the translation of the financial condition and results of operations of our entities. Our primary foreign exchange exposure is to the Euro, but we also have foreign exchange exposure to South American and Asian currencies, among others. A strengthening U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies has a dilutive translation effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, a weakening U.S. dollar has an additive effect.
     Additionally, in some cases, we sell products denominated in a currency different from the currency in which the related costs are incurred. Any changes in exchange rates on such inter-country sales may impact our results of operations.
     We manage our exposures to foreign exchange principally with forward exchange contracts to hedge certain firm purchase and sales commitments and intercompany cash transactions denominated in foreign currencies.
     The table below provides information as of June 30, 2006 about our forward currency exchange contracts. All the contracts expire before the end of the second quarter of 2007.
 
                 
    Contract Amount     Average Contractual  
Buy/Sell   (in thousands)     Exchange Rate  
 
               
Euro/U.S. Dollar
  $ 31,888       1.2594  
Swiss Francs/Euro
    15,606       0.6447  
Canadian Dollar/Euro
    7,354       0.6763  
Euro/Swiss Francs
    6,578       1.5576  
Euro/British Pound
    2,446       0.6885  
Euro/Japanese Yen
    2,066       141.0400  
Russian Ruble/Euro
    1,343       0.0291  
Chinese Yuan/Japanese Yen
    1,223       14.1582  
Other
    3,900          
           
Total
  $ 72,404          
 
             
     As of June 30, 2006, we have recorded the fair value of foreign currency forward exchange contracts of $0.7 million in prepaids and other current assets in the balance sheet.
     At June 30, 2006, we had a fixed-to-variable interest rate swap agreement with a notional principal value of $25 million which requires us to pay an average variable interest rate (which was 5.2% at June 30, 2006) and receive a fixed rate of 6.6%. The variable rate is adjusted semiannually based on London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”). Variations in market interest rates would produce changes in our net income. If interest rates increase by 100 basis points, net income related to the interest rate swap agreement would decrease by less than $0.2 million assuming a tax rate of 32%. As of June 30, 2006, we recorded the fair value of the fixed-to-variable interest rate swap agreement of $750 thousand in miscellaneous other assets with an offsetting adjustment to debt. No gain or loss was recorded in the income statement in 2006 since there was no hedge ineffectiveness.
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company’s management has evaluated, with the participation of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of June 30, 2006. Based on that evaluation, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective as of such date.
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
During the quarter ended June 30, 2006, the Company implemented an enterprise resource planning system at an individually significant entity located in the United States. Consequently, the control environment has been modified at this location. Other than the change mentioned above, no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2006 that materially affected, or is reasonably like to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

21


Table of Contents

*  *   *   *   *   *
OTHER INFORMATION
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has advised the Company that, with respect to the review of the Company’s first quarter 2006 financial statements, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP inadvertently failed to comply with the five-year rotation requirement for its concurring partner serving on the Company’s engagement. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has further advised the Company that, in light of the foregoing, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has assigned a new concurring partner and that such partner completed a subsequent review of the Company’s first quarter 2006 financial statements. The Audit Committee and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have each considered the foregoing violation of the five-year rotation requirement and determined that there has been no impairment of the independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. In making this determination, the Audit Committee considered that the new concurring partner has performed the reviewing responsibilities that were also performed by the prior concurring partner with respect to the Company’s first quarter 2006 financial statements, that there was no violation of the rotation requirement with respect to any audited financial statements or with respect to any unaudited financial statements other than those for the first quarter of 2006 and that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not believe that its independence has been impaired.
22


Table of Contents

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
During the quarter ended June 30, 2006, the FCP Aptar Savings Plan (the “Plan”) purchased 950 shares of our common stock on behalf of the participants at an average price of $51.61 per share, for an aggregate amount of $49 thousand. At June 30, 2006, the Plan owns 7,450 shares of our common stock. The employees of AptarGroup S.A.S. and Valois S.A.S., our subsidiaries, are eligible to participate in the Plan. All eligible participants are located outside of the United States. An independent agent purchases shares of common stock available under the Plan for cash on the open market and we do not issue shares. We do not receive any proceeds from the purchase of Common Stock under the Plan. The agent under the Plan is Banque Nationale de Paris Paribas Asset Management. No underwriters are used under the Plan. All shares are sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 provided by Regulation S promulgated under that Act.
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The following table summarizes the Company’s purchases of its securities for the quarter ended June 30, 2006:
 
                                 
                    Total Number Of Shares     Maximum Number Of  
    Total Number             Purchased As Part Of     Shares That May Yet Be  
    Of Shares     Average Price     Publicly Announced     Purchased Under The  
   Period   Purchased     Paid Per Share     Plans Or Programs     Plans Or Programs  
 
                               
4/1 — 4/30/06
    37,400     $ 52.39       37,400       984,600  
5/1 — 5/31/06
    168,600       52.34       168,600       816,000  
6/1 — 6/30/06
    139,500       52.16       139,500       676,500  
Total
    345,500     $ 52.28       345,500       676,500  
     The Company announced the existing repurchase program on July 15, 2004. On July 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an additional two million shares of its outstanding common stock. There is no expiration date for these repurchase programs.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
The annual meeting of stockholders was held on May 3, 2006. A vote was taken by ballot for the election of four directors to hold office until the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The following nominees received the number of votes as set forth below:
                         
Nominee   For     Withheld     Broker Non-Votes  
 
                       
Stefan A. Baustert
    31,225,224       154,978       -0-  
Rodney L. Goldstein
    30,715,282       664,920       -0-  
Ralph Gruska
    30,715,646       664,556       -0-  
Dr. Leo A. Guthart
    29,172,522       2,207,680       -0-  
     Continuing as directors with terms expiring in 2007 are Alain Chevassus, Stephen J. Hagge and Carl A. Siebel. Continuing as directors with terms expiring in 2008 are King W. Harris, Peter H. Pfeiffer and Dr. Joanne C. Smith.
ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION
Credit Agreement
On July 31, 2006, AptarGroup, Inc. (for purposes of this Item 5, the “Company”) and AptarGroup Holding SAS (together with the Company, the “Borrowers”) entered into an Amended and Restated Multicurrency Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) by and among the Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.
The Credit Agreement provides for a $200,000,000 five-year unsecured multi-currency revolving senior credit facility consisting of two tranches of loans. Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company guarantees the obligations of AptarGroup Holding SAS under the Credit Agreement.
The Credit Agreement provides for an option to extend the credit facility for an additional year if requested by the Company during a specified time period prior to July 31, 2007 or July 31, 2008 and an option to request increases in the lenders’

23


Table of Contents

commitment by up to an additional $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount. Funding under the Credit Agreement is subject to conditions customary for financing transactions of this nature.
In general, loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at one of two rates selected by the Company, which are either (i) a base rate equal to the higher of a reference prime rate or 0.005% per annum above the federal funds rate or (ii) a reference London Interbank Offer Rate, plus a spread ranging from 0.135% to 0.375%. The applicable spread will be determined on the basis of the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio as set forth in the most recent compliance certificate delivered by the Company pursuant to the Credit Agreement, which consolidated leverage ratio will also be used in determining the applicable spreads for the facility fee and the utilization fee. The facility fee is determined by multiplying the applicable spread, which may range from 0.065% to 0.15%, by the actual daily amount of the aggregate commitments. The utilization fee is determined by multiplying the applicable spread, which may range from 0.05% to 0.125%, by the total outstanding amount of loans on each day that the total outstanding amount exceeds 50% of the actual daily amount of the aggregate commitments then in effect. The effective interest rate of the initial loans pursuant to the Credit Agreement is expected to be approximately 5.57%. In addition, the credit facility is subject to an arrangement fee, upfront fee and administrative agency fee as agreed among the parties.
The revolving credit facility will mature on July 31, 2011. Upon prior notice to the administrative agent, the Borrowers may prepay loans at any time without premium or penalty (except eurocurrency breakage fees, if any).
The representations, covenants and events of default in the Credit Agreement are substantially similar to the representations, covenants and events of default contained in the Company’s Multicurrency Credit Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2004 (the “Existing Credit Agreement”), among the Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. Like the Existing Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement requires that the Borrowers maintain a consolidated leverage ratio, calculated as a ratio of consolidated debt to total capitalization, of not more than .55 to 1.
Loans under the Credit Agreement will automatically become immediately due and payable without notice upon the occurrence of an event of default involving insolvency or bankruptcy of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of the Company holding in the aggregate more than five percent of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any other event of default under the Credit Agreement, by notice given to the Company, the Required Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) may direct the administrative agent to terminate the commitments and declare all outstanding loans to be immediately due and payable.
The Borrowers intend to use the proceeds of the loans under the Credit Agreement to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Credit Agreement, to repay indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement and for working capital, capital expenditures or other lawful corporate purposes.
A copy of the Credit Agreement is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to this report, and the foregoing description of the Credit Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Credit Agreement.
Note Purchase Agreement
The Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), among the Company and the purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto pursuant to which the Company may issue and sell up to $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its senior notes issuable in series. The Note Purchase Agreement contains customary terms and conditions.
On July 31, 2006, the Company issued $50,000,000 of its 6.04% Series 2006-A Senior Notes Due July 31, 2016 (the “Notes”) in a private placement to various institutional investors pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement. The Company used the proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay existing indebtedness of the Company under the Existing Credit Agreement.
Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company will pay interest on the outstanding balance of the Notes at a rate of 6.04% per annum from the date of the issuance of the Notes, payable semiannually commencing on January 31, 2007, until such principal becomes due and payable.
The Company may from time to time, at its option, upon notice, prepay prior to maturity all or any part of the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued interest and the Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement), as specified in the Note Purchase Agreement.
The Notes will automatically become immediately due and payable without notice upon the occurrence of an event of default involving insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). In addition, by notice given to the Company, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes, at its or their option, may declare all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable upon the occurrence and continuation of any other event of default, and, by notice given to the Company, any holder of the Notes may, at its option, declare all of the Notes held by such holder to be immediately due and payable in the event that the Company defaults in the payment of any payment due and payable under the Note Purchase Agreement.
A copy of the Note Purchase Agreement is filed as Exhibit 4.2 to this report, and a copy of the form of the Notes is filed as Exhibit 4.3 to this report. The foregoing description of the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Note Purchase Agreement and the form of the Notes.

24


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS
Exhibit 4.1 Amended and Restated Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006 among AptarGroup, Inc. and AptarGroup Holding SAS, as borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Banc of America Securities LLC as Sole Lead Arranger and Banc of America Securities LLC and JP Morgan Securities Inc. as Joint Bookrunners.
Exhibit 4.2 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006, among AptarGroup, Inc. and the purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto.
Exhibit 4.3 Form of AptarGroup, Inc. 6.04% Series 2006-A Senior Notes Due July 31, 2016.
Exhibit 31.1 Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Exhibit 31.2 Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Exhibit 32.1 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Exhibit 32.2 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
         
    AptarGroup, Inc.
(Registrant)
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Stephen J. Hagge
    Stephen J. Hagge
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
(Duly Authorized Officer and
Principal Financial Officer)
 
       
    Date: August 1, 2006

26


Table of Contents

INDEX OF EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
4.1
  Amended and Restated Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006 among AptarGroup, Inc. and AptarGroup Holding SAS, as borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Banc of America Securities LLC as Sole Lead Arranger and Banc of America Securities LLC and JP Morgan Securities Inc. as Joint Bookrunners.
4.2
  Note Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006, among AptarGroup, Inc. and the purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto.
4.3
  Form of AptarGroup, Inc. 6.04% Series 2006-A Senior Notes Due July 31, 2016.
31.1
  Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2
  Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1
  Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2
  Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

EX-4.1 2 c07169exv4w1.htm AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT exv4w1
 

Exhibit 4.1
Execution Copy
Published CUSIP Number: 03833HAA7
AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of
July 31, 2006
Among
APTARGROUP, INC.,
APTARGROUP HOLDING SAS,
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Co-Syndication Agents
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
and
SOCIETE GENERALE, NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Co-Documentation Agents
and
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
as Sole Lead Arranger
and
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
and
JPMORGAN SECURITIES INC.
as Joint Bookrunners

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
 
               
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION     1  
 
               
 
  Section 1.1   Definitions     1  
 
 
  Section 1.2   Other Interpretive Provisions     16  
 
 
  Section 1.3   Accounting Terms     17  
 
 
  Section 1.4   Rounding     17  
 
 
  Section 1.5   References to Agreements and Laws     17  
 
 
  Section 1.6   Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents     17  
 
 
  Section 1.7   Additional Alternative Currencies     18  
 
 
  Section 1.8   Change of Currency     19  
 
 
  Section 1.9   Times of Day     19  
 
SECTION 2. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS     19  
 
 
  Section 2.1   Commitments     19  
 
 
  Section 2.2   Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans     20  
 
 
  Section 2.3   Prepayments     22  
 
 
  Section 2.4   Termination or Reduction of Commitments     23  
 
 
  Section 2.5   Repayment of Loans     24  
 
 
  Section 2.6   Interest     24  
 
 
  Section 2.7   Fees     24  
 
 
  Section 2.8   Computation of Interest and Fees     25  
 
 
  Section 2.9   Evidence of Debt     25  
 
 
  Section 2.10   Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback     26  
 
 
  Section 2.11   Sharing of Payments by Lenders     28  
 
 
  Section 2.12   Allocation of Payments Prior to Acceleration     28  
 
 
  Section 2.13   Allocations of Payments After Acceleration     28  
 
 
  Section 2.14   Aptar SAS As Borrower     29  
 
 
  Section 2.15   Extension of Maturity Date     30  
 
 
  Section 2.16   Increase in Commitments     31  
 
SECTION 3. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY     32  
 

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
 
            Page  
 
 
  Section 3.1   Taxes     32  
 
 
  Section 3.2   Illegality     34  
 
 
  Section 3.3   Inability to Determine Rates     34  
 
 
  Section 3.4   Increased Cost and Reduced Return;        
 
 
      Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans     35  
 
 
  Section 3.5   Compensation for Losses     36  
 
 
  Section 3.6   Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation     37  
 
 
  Section 3.7   Survival     37  
 
SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT     38  
 
 
  Section 4.1   Agreement Effectiveness     38  
 
 
  Section 4.2   All Credit Extensions     38  
 
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     39  
 
 
  Section 5.1   Organization     39  
 
 
  Section 5.2   Corporate Power and Authority     39  
 
 
  Section 5.3   No Violation     39  
 
 
  Section 5.4   Governmental Authorization     40  
 
 
  Section 5.5   Litigation     40  
 
 
  Section 5.6   Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations     40  
 
 
  Section 5.7   Investment Company Act     40  
 
 
  Section 5.8   True and Complete Disclosure     40  
 
 
  Section 5.9   Financial Statements     40  
 
 
  Section 5.10   No Material Adverse Change     41  
 
 
  Section 5.11   Labor Controversies     41  
 
 
  Section 5.12   Taxes     41  
 
 
  Section 5.13   ERISA Compliance     41  
 
 
  Section 5.14   Intellectual Property     42  
 
 
  Section 5.15   Compliance with Statutes, Etc     42  
 
 
  Section 5.16   Environmental Matters     42  
 

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
 
            Page  
 
 
  Section 5.17   Existing Debt     43  
 
 
  Section 5.18   No Burdensome Restrictions; Compliance with Agreements     43  
 
 
  Section 5.19   Additional Representations as to Aptar SAS     43  
 
SECTION 6. COVENANTS     44  
 
 
  Section 6.1   Existence     44  
 
 
  Section 6.2   Maintenance     44  
 
 
  Section 6.3   Taxes     44  
 
 
  Section 6.4   ERISA     44  
 
 
  Section 6.5   Insurance     44  
 
 
  Section 6.6   Financial Reports and Other Information     45  
 
 
  Section 6.7   Lender Inspection Rights     47  
 
 
  Section 6.8   Conduct of Business     47  
 
 
  Section 6.9   Fiscal Years and Quarters     47  
 
 
  Section 6.10   Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries     48  
 
 
  Section 6.11   Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales     48  
 
 
  Section 6.12   Use of Property and Facilities; Environmental, Health and Safety Laws     48  
 
 
  Section 6.13   Liens     48  
 
 
  Section 6.14   Debt     50  
 
 
  Section 6.15   Advances, Acquisitions, Investments and Loans     51  
 
 
  Section 6.16   Dividends and Other Shareholder Distributions     52  
 
 
  Section 6.17   Leverage     52  
 
 
  Section 6.18   Transactions with Affiliates     52  
 
 
  Section 6.19   Compliance with Laws     52  
 
 
  Section 6.20   Take or Pay Contracts     52  
 
 
  Section 6.21   Inconsistent Agreements     52  
 
SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES     53  
 
 
  Section 7.1   Events of Default     53  
 

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
 
            Page  
 
 
  Section 7.2   Non-Bankruptcy Defaults     54  
 
 
  Section 7.3   Bankruptcy Defaults     54  
 
 
  Section 7.4   Notice of Default     55  
 
SECTION 8. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT     55  
 
 
  Section 8.1   Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent     55  
 
 
  Section 8.2   Delegation of Duties     55  
 
 
  Section 8.3   Liability of Administrative Agent     55  
 
 
  Section 8.4   Reliance by Administrative Agent     56  
 
 
  Section 8.5   Notice of Default     56  
 
 
  Section 8.6   Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent     56  
 
 
  Section 8.7   Indemnification of Administrative Agent     57  
 
 
  Section 8.8   Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity     58  
 
 
  Section 8.9   Successor Administrative Agent     58  
 
 
  Section 8.10   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim     58  
 
SECTION 9. COMPANY GUARANTEE     59  
 
 
  Section 9.1   Unconditional Guarantee     59  
 
 
  Section 9.2   Guarantee Absolute     60  
 
 
  Section 9.3   Waivers     60  
 
 
  Section 9.4   Subrogation     61  
 
 
  Section 9.5   Survival     61  
 
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS     62  
 
 
  Section 10.1   Amendments, Etc     62  
 
 
  Section 10.2   Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies     63  
 
 
  Section 10.3   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies     65  
 
 
  Section 10.4   Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes     65  
 
 
  Section 10.5   Indemnification     65  
 
 
  Section 10.6   Payments Set Aside     66  
 

iv


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
 
            Page  
 
 
  Section 10.7   Successors and Assigns     66  
 
 
  Section 10.8   Confidentiality     71  
 
 
  Section 10.9   Set-off     71  
 
 
  Section 10.10   Interest Rate Limitation     72  
 
 
  Section 10.11   Counterparts     72  
 
 
  Section 10.12   Integration     72  
 
 
  Section 10.13   Survival of Representations and Warranties     72  
 
 
  Section 10.14   Severability     72  
 
 
  Section 10.15   Tax Forms     73  
 
 
  Section 10.16   Replacement of Lenders     75  
 
 
  Section 10.17   Governing Law     76  
 
 
  Section 10.18   Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury     76  
 
 
  Section 10.19   No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility     77  
 
 
  Section 10.20   USA PATRIOT Act Notice     77  
 
 
  Section 10.21   Judgment Currency     78  
 
 
  Section 10.22   Entire Agreement     78  
 
EXHIBITS
         
Exhibit A
    Form of Borrowing Notice
Exhibit B
    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C
    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit D
    Form of Company Note
Exhibit E
      Form of Aptar SAS Note
     
SCHEDULES

   
Schedule 1.1
  Mandatory Cost Formulae
Schedule 2.1
  Commitments and Percentages
Schedule 5.1
  Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.17
  Debt
Schedule 5.19
  French Taxes
Schedule 6.15
  Existing Loans, Advances and Investments
Schedule 10.2
  Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices
Schedule 10.7
  Processing and Recording Fees

v


 

     AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 31, 2006, among AptarGroup, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), AptarGroup Holding SAS, a French company (“Aptar SAS” and, together with the Company, the “Borrowers” and individually a “Borrower”) the lenders from time to time party hereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”) and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
     The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and certain of the Lenders entered into that certain Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated as of February 27, 2004 (as amended to the date hereof, the “Existing Agreement”). The parties have agreed to amend and restate the existing agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein, it being the intention of the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that this Amended and Restated Multicurrency Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents executed in connection herewith shall not effect the novation of the Obligations of the Borrowers under the Existing Agreement but be merely a restatement and, where applicable, an amendment of and substitution for the terms governing such Obligations hereafter.
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION.
     Section 1.1 Definitions. The following terms when used herein have the following meanings:
     “Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
     “Administrative Agent’s Office” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.2 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Company and the Lenders.
     “Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be Controlled by another Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managing general partners or the equivalent.
     “Agent Parties” means the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties.

 


 

     “Aggregate Commitments” means the sum of the Individual Commitments of all the Lenders.
     “Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Multicurrency Credit Agreement.
     “Alternative Currency” means each of Euro, Sterling and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.7.
     “Alternative Currency Equivalent” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.
     “Amendment Effective Date” is defined in Section 4.1.
     “Applicable Rate” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.6(b):
                             
        Applicable Rate                
Pricing   Consolidated   Facility   Eurocurrency   Utilization
Level   Leverage Ratio   Fee   Rate   Fee
1
  Less than or equal to 15%     0.065 %     0.135 %     0.05 %
2
  Less than or equal to 25% but greater than 15%     0.080 %     0.170 %     0.05 %
3
  Less than or equal to 35% but greater than 25%     0.100 %     0.200 %     0.10 %
4
  Less than or equal to 45% but greater than 35%     0.125 %     0.275 %     0.10 %
5
  Greater than 45%     0.15 %     0.375 %     0.125 %
     Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.6(b); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level 5 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered through the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Amendment Effective Date through the date the first Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.6(b) shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 2.

2


 

     “Applicable Time” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.
     “Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
     “Arranger” means Banc of America Securities LLC, in its capacity as sole lead arranger and joint bookrunner.
     “Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer or other disposition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Company or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company of any asset (including, without limitation, any capital stock or other securities of another Person) of the Company or such Subsidiary other than (i) sales, transfers or other dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) sales of equipment and other fixed assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Company or such Subsidiary in its reasonable judgment, (iii) sales of equipment and other fixed assets if the proceeds thereof are used to purchase additional equipment or fixed assets, (iv) the license or sublicense of software, trademarks and other intellectual property in the ordinary course of business and (v) any sale, transfer or other disposition of cash.
     “Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
     “Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.7(b)) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm and, without duplication, the reasonable and documented allocated cost of internal legal services and all reasonable and documented expenses and disbursements of internal counsel.
     “Availability Period” for any Lender means the period from and including the Amendment Effective Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date for such Lender, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans pursuant to Section 7.2.
     “Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
     “Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and

3


 

desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
     “Base Rate Loan” means a Loan denominated in U.S. Dollars bearing interest prior to maturity at the Base Rate.
     “Borrower” and “Borrowers” each has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
     “Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2.
     “Borrowing” means the total of Tranche A Loans or Tranche B Loans of a single type advanced by Lenders on a single date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in a single currency and for a single Interest Period, pursuant to Section 2.1.
     “Borrowing Notice” means a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit A.
     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, Chicago, Illinois, New York, New York or the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and in addition:
     (a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;
     (b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day;
     (c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and
     (d) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euro in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.

4


 

     “Cash Equivalents” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition, (b) domestic and Eurodollar denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances of any Lender or any bank whose short-term debt rating from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“S&P”) is at least A-1 or the equivalent or from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) is at least P-1 or the equivalent with maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper with a rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s maturing within six months after the date of acquisition, (d) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within six months from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s, (e) investments in money market funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (d) above, and (f) BMTNs (Bons Moyen-Terme Negociables) maturing within five years from the date of acquisition thereof which is issued by a Person which is rated at least A-1 or the equivalent by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s and other similar high quality instruments of equivalent United States rating in countries where Subsidiaries organized under Laws of jurisdictions outside of the United States are located.
     A “Change of Control Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any Person or group of Persons (within the meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13(d)-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder) of more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, (b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, commencing before or after the date of this Agreement, individuals who on the first day of such period were directors of the Company (together with any replacement or additional directors who were nominated or elected by a majority of directors then in office) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or (c) Aptar SAS ceases to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
     “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit B.
     “Consolidated Debt” means all Debt of the Company determined on a consolidated basis.
     “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any time the same is to be determined, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Debt to (y) Total Capitalization.
     “Consolidated Net Worth” means the aggregate amount of the Company’s shareholders’ equity determined from its consolidated balance sheet.
     “Contractual Obligations” means, for any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.
     “Control” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

5


 

     “Credit Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, and any other agreements between any Lender and either Borrower executed in connection with this Agreement.
     “Credit Extension” means each Borrowing.
     “Debt” means all items described in clauses (i) through (vii) of the definition of Indebtedness.
     “Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     “Default” means any event or condition the occurrence of which would, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an Event of Default.
     “Default Rate” means (a) with respect to Base Rate Loans, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) 2% per annum; and (b) with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, an interest rate equal to (i) the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate and any Mandatory Cost) otherwise applicable to such Loan, plus (ii) 2% per annum.
     “Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or such failure has been cured, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or such failure has been cured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
     “Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
     “Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.
     “Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.7(b)(iii), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.7(b)(iii)).
     “EMU” means the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.
     “EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

6


 

     “Environmental Claims” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of non-compliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law (“Claims”) or any permit issued under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, (a) any and all Claims by a Governmental Authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.
     “Environmental Law” means any United States federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy having the force of law or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, in each case relating to the environment, health, safety or Hazardous Materials.
     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
     “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
     “ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.
     “Euro” and “EUR” mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.
     “Eurocurrency Base Rate” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.
     “Eurocurrency Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately

7


 

11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch (or other Bank of America branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
     “Eurocurrency Rate Loan” means a loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate. Eurocurrency Rate Loans may be denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency. All Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.
     “Event of Default” means any of the events or circumstances specified in Section 7.1.
     “Existing Agreement” has the meaning prescribed in the recitals.
     “Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
     “Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated June 15, 2006, among the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger.
     “FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
     “Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

8


 

     “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.
     “Guaranty” by any Person means all obligations (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation (including, without limitation, limited or full recourse obligations in connection with sales of receivables or any other Property) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, all obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person: (i) to purchase such Indebtedness or obligation or any Property or assets constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (x) for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (y) to maintain working capital or other balance sheet condition, or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (iii) to lease Property or to purchase Securities or other Property or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of the Indebtedness or obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure the owner of the Indebtedness or obligation of the primary obligor against loss in respect thereof. For the purpose of all computations made under this Agreement, the amount of a Guaranty in respect of any obligation shall be deemed to be equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation or, if the Guaranty is limited to less than the full amount of such obligation, the maximum aggregate potential liability under the terms of the Guaranty.
     “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
     “Indebtedness” means, for any Person, all obligations of such Person, without duplication, required by GAAP to be shown as liabilities on its balance sheet, and in any event shall include all (i) obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) obligations of such Person representing the deferred purchase price of property or services other than accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business on terms customary in the trade, (iii) obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other instruments of such Person or arising out of letters of credit issued for such Person’s account, (iv) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (v) capitalized lease obligations of such Person, (vi) all Indebtedness (as defined above) of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner, (vii) the outstanding principal amount then owed to investors in connection with the sale of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable, (viii) Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person and (ix) obligations for which such Person is obligated pursuant to a Guaranty.

9


 

     “Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.
     “Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.
     “Individual Commitment” means, with respect to any Lender, its obligation to make Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Dollar Amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. A Lender’s Individual Commitment shall be the total amount of Loans such Lender is obligated to extend to the Borrowers under its Tranche A Commitment and its Tranche B Commitment notwithstanding that the sum of the Tranche A Commitment and the Tranche B Commitment of such Lender may exceed its Individual Commitment.
     “Individual Outstanding Amount” means, with respect to any Lender, the sum of (a) such Lender’s Tranche A Obligations plus (b) such Lender’s Tranche B Obligations.
     “Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.8.
     “Interest Payment Date” means (a) for a Base Rate Loan, each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 and each Maturity Date, (b) for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan with an Interest Period of 3 months or less, the last day of such Interest Period and each Maturity Date, and (c) for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan with an Interest Period of 6 months, the date that is 3 months from the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and each Maturity Date.
     “Interest Period” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Company in its Borrowing Notice; provided that:
     (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond any Maturity Date.
     “Internal Control Event” means a material weakness in, or fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting, in each case as described in the federal securities Laws applicable to the Company.

10


 

     “IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
     “Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable executive orders, administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
     “Lender” is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
     “Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Company and the Administrative Agent.
     “Lending Percentage” means, relative to any Lender (a) in the case of Tranche A Loans, the percentage which, after giving effect to the requested Loan, would result in such Lender’s Individual Outstanding Amount being equal to its Voting Percentage of the Total Outstanding Amount and (b) in the case of Tranche B Loans, the percentage which (i) the amount of such Lender’s Tranche B Commitment is of (ii) the aggregate amount of all Tranche B Commitments of all Lenders.
     “Lien” means any interest in any Property or asset securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property or asset, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, including, but not limited to, the security interest lien arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale, security agreement or trust receipt, or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.
     “Loan” means each Tranche A Loan and Tranche B Loan.
     “Mandatory Cost” means, with respect to any period for any applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Sterling, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.1.
     “Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of a Borrower to perform its obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against a Borrower of any Credit Document to which it is a party.
     “Maturity Date” for any Lender means the later of (a) July 31, 2011 and (b) if such Lender has consented to extend its Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.15, such extended Maturity Date as determined pursuant to such Section; provided, however, that, in each case, if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

11


 

     “Non-U.S. Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(b)(i).
     “Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
     “Non-Tranche B Lender” means each Lender who does not have a Tranche B Commitment.
     “Note” means a promissory note made by a Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender to such Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
     “Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, each Borrower arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against either Borrower or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
     “Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
     “Other Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1(b).
     “Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.
     “Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.7(d).
     “Participating Member State” means each such state so described in any EMU Legislation.

12


 

     “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
     “Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.
     “Permitted Liens” is defined in Section 6.13.
     “Permitted Receivables Transaction” means the sale, transfer or other disposition of accounts receivable by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with agreements for limited recourse or non-recourse sales by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for cash of such receivables or interests therein, provided that (a) any such agreement is of a type and on terms customary for comparable transactions in the good faith judgment of the Company, (b) such agreement does not create any interest in any asset other than (i) receivables, (ii) contracts associated with such receivables, (iii) accounts into which payments of such receivables are made, (iv) books and records related to such receivables, and (v) property securing or otherwise supporting such receivables (and proceeds of the foregoing) and (c) on any date of determination, the aggregate face value of such receivables shall not exceed at any time outstanding $50,000,000.
     “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization, including a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2.
     “Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Company or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
     “Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.
     “Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.7(c).
     “Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
     “Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
     “Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders then holding in aggregate more than 50% of the Voting Percentages.

13


 

     “Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Borrower. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Borrower and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Borrower.
     “Revaluation Date” means with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (a) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (b) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 2.2, and (c) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require, but in no event more frequently than once a week.
     “Same Day Funds” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.
     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
     “Security” has the same meaning as in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933.
     “Special Notice Currency” means at any time an Alternative Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.
     “Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary business practice to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
     “Sterling” and “£” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
     “Subsidiary” means, for the Company, any corporation or other entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock or comparable equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of the Board of Directors of such corporation or similar governing body in the case of a non-corporation (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock or other equity interests of any other class or classes of such corporation or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Company or by one or more of its Subsidiaries.

14


 

     “Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
     “TARGET Day” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable business discretion to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
     “Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1(a).
     “Total Capitalization” means the sum of Consolidated Debt plus Consolidated Net Worth.
     “Total Outstanding Amount” means, on any date, the sum of (a) the Tranche A Obligations plus (b) the Tranche B Obligations as of such date.
     “Tranche A Commitment” means, as to any Lender, the Commitment of such Lender, if any, to issue Tranche A Loans for the account of the Company pursuant to Section 2.1. The initial amount of the Tranche A Commitment of each Lender is set forth on Schedule 2.1.
     “Tranche A Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).
     “Tranche A Obligations” means, at any time, the sum, without duplication, of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Tranche A Loans.
     “Tranche B Commitment” means, as to any Lender, the commitment of such Lender, if any, to issue Tranche B Loans for the account of Aptar SAS pursuant to Section 2.1. The initial amount of the Tranche B Commitment of each Lender is set forth on Schedule 2.1.
     “Tranche B Lender” means each Lender who has a Tranche B Commitment.
     “Tranche B Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b).
     “Tranche B Obligations” means, at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Tranche B Loans.
     “Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or Eurocurrency Rate Loan.
     “Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

15


 

     “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
     “Voting Percentage” means, with respect to each Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Individual Commitment of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments at such time; provided that if the Aggregate Commitments have been terminated, the Voting Percentage of each Lender at any time shall be a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the individual outstanding Loans of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the total outstanding Loans at such time.
     “Voting Stock” of any Person means capital stock of any class or classes (however designated) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person, other than stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.
     “Wholly-Owned” when used in connection with any Subsidiary of the Company means a Subsidiary of which all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock or other equity interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares as required by Law or equity interests held by Persons other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to the extent required in connection with any Permitted Receivables Transaction) are owned by the Company and/or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.
     Section 1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:
          (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
          (b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
     (ii) Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.
     (iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
     (iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
          (c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
          (d) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

16


 

     Section 1.3 Accounting Terms.
          (a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
          (b) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either the Company or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended or such request shall be withdrawn, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
          (c) Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that the Company is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46 – Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities: an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (January 2003) as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.
     Section 1.4 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
     Section 1.5 References to Agreements and Laws. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
     Section 1.6 Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.
          (a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Loans denominated in

17


 

Alternative Currencies in accordance with its customary business practice. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Company hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Credit Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its customary business practice.
          (b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing or conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing or Eurocurrency Rate Loan is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent.
     Section 1.7 Additional Alternative Currencies.
          (a) The Company may from time to time request that Eurocurrency Rate Loans be made in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency;” provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
          (b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., 20 Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., ten Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in such requested currency.
          (c) Any failure by a Lender to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender to permit Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Rate Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Company and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Borrowings of Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.7, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Company no later than 10 Business Days after receipt of the Company’s request under clause (b) above.

18


 

     Section 1.8 Change of Currency.
          (a) Each obligation of the Borrowers to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.
          (b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Company may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.
          (c) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify in consultation with the Company to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.
     Section 1.9 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
SECTION 2. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS.
     Section 2.1 Commitments.
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Tranche A Loan”) to the Company in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Tranche A Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Tranche A Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstanding Amount shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Tranche A Loans of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Tranche A Commitment, (iii) the Tranche A Obligations shall not exceed the aggregate Tranche A Commitments, and (iv) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Individual Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Tranche A Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may borrow under this Section 2.1(a), prepay under Section 2.3, and reborrow under this Section 2.1(a). Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
          (b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Tranche B Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Tranche B Loan”) to Aptar SAS in

19


 

Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Tranche B Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Tranche B Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstanding Amount shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Tranche B Loans of any Tranche B Lender shall not exceed such Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Commitment, (iii) the Tranche B Obligations shall not exceed the aggregate Tranche B Commitments, and (iv) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Individual Commitment. Within the limits of each Tranche B Lender’s Tranche B Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, Aptar SAS may borrow under this Section 2.1(b), prepay under Section 2.3, and reborrow under this Section 2.1(b). Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein. Each Tranche B Lender may, at its option, make any Tranche B Loan available to Aptar SAS by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Tranche B Loan provided that (i) such branch or Affiliate would not be entitled to any greater payment under Section 3.1 or 3.4 than such Lender, (ii) such branch or Affiliate agrees to comply with Section 10.15 as though it were a Lender and (iii) such Lender shall, for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Credit Document, remain the lender of record hereunder; provided, further, that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of Aptar SAS to repay such Tranche B Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          (c) In the event there are Non-Tranche B Lenders, on each date that a Tranche B Loan is requested which exceeds the unused Individual Commitments of the Tranche B Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall recalculate the applicable Lending Percentage for each Lender in all outstanding Tranche A Loans after giving effect to the aggregate Tranche B Obligations (including the requested Tranche B Loan) and, to the extent necessary, on the date the requested Tranche B Loan is advanced, each Non-Tranche B Lender shall purchase for cash Tranche A Loans from the Tranche B Lenders in such amount as is necessary so that after giving effect to such requested Tranche B Loan and such purchases, the aggregate principal amount of Tranche A Loans of each Non-Tranche B Lender shall be equal to its Voting Percentage of the Total Outstanding Amount. Non-Tranche B Lenders purchasing Tranche A Loans pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall pay the requisite amounts to the Administrative Agent on the date the requested Tranche B Loan is advanced in accordance with Section 2.3(b) and the Administrative Agent shall effectuate the settlement with the other Lenders.
     Section 2.2 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.
          (a) Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Company’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:30 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars or of any conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars to Base Rate Loans, (ii) four Business Days (or five Business Days in the case of a Special Notice Currency) prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (iii) on the

20


 

requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Borrowing Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Company is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto, (vi) the currency of the Loans to be borrowed, and (vii) the applicable Borrower. If the Company fails to specify a currency in a Borrowing Notice requesting a Borrowing, then the Loans so requested shall be made in Dollars. If the Company fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Borrowing Notice or if the Company fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans; provided, however, that in the case of a failure to timely request a continuation of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Loans shall be continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans in their original currency with an Interest Period of one month. Any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Company requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Borrowing Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. No Loan may be converted into or continued as a Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid in the original currency of such Loan and reborrowed in the other currency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may request Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars to be made on the Amendment Effective Date provided the Company has given the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Notice not later than 11:30 a.m. three Business Days prior to the Amendment Effective Date.
          (b) Following receipt of a Borrowing Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Lending Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Company, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation of Loans denominated in a currency other than Dollars, in each case as described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than 1:00p.m., in the case of any Base Rate Loan, not later than noon, in the case of any Eurocurrency Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of any Loan in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Borrowing Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.2, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of such Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or

21


 

(ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Company not later than 2:30 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars and not later than two hours after the funding deadline specified by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Loan in the case of any Loan in an Alternative Currency.
          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.5, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted other than on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(a) or following acceleration of all Obligations pursuant to Section 7.2, or solely with respect to any Borrower, Section 7.1(f) or (g), without the consent of the Required Lenders (i) no Loans denominated in Dollars may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (ii) no Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency may be continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans with an Interest Period longer than one month. Notwithstanding any other provision hereunder, no Borrower shall be entitled to convert (x) Loans denominated in one currency into Loans denominated in another currency, (y) Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency into a Base Rate Loan, or (z) Tranche A Loans into Tranche B Loans or Tranche B Loans into Tranche A Loans. If Aptar SAS requests a Borrowing of Tranche B Loans to be made on any date other than the last day of an Interest Period for Tranche A Loans and such Borrowing results in the purchase of Tranche A Loans by Non-Tranche B Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(c), the Company shall pay any amounts due under Section 3.5.
          (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
          (e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect.
     Section 2.3 Prepayments.
          (a) Each Borrower may, upon notice from the Company to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:30 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four Business Days (or five, in the case of prepayment of Loans denominated in Special Notice Currencies) prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; (iii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Alternative Currencies shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess

22


 

thereof; and (iv) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurocurrency Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Lending Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Company, the applicable Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Lending Percentage of such Loan.
          (b) If at any time the Total Outstanding Amount exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of any Lender shall, notify the Company and, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall prepay Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Total Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Aggregate Commitments then in effect.
          (c) If at any time the Tranche A Obligations exceed an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate Tranche A Commitments then in effect, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of any Lender shall, notify the Company and, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Company shall prepay Tranche A Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Tranche A Obligations as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the aggregate Tranche A Commitments then in effect.
          (d) If at any time the Tranche B Obligations exceed an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate Tranche B Commitments then in effect, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of any Lender shall, notify the Company or Aptar SAS and, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, Aptar SAS shall prepay Tranche B Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Tranche B Obligations as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the aggregate Tranche B Commitments then in effect.
     Section 2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Company may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time irrevocably reduce the Aggregate Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 3:00 p.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Company shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstanding Amount would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the aggregate Tranche A Commitments or the aggregate Tranche B Commitments exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Commitment shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments. Any reduction of the

23


 

Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Individual Commitment of each Lender according to its Voting Percentage and any reduction of the Tranche A Commitments or the Tranche B Commitments shall be applied to the Tranche A Commitment or the Tranche B Commitment, as applicable of each Lender according to its Lending Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
     Section 2.5 Repayment of Loans. Each Borrower shall repay to each Lender on its Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Loans made to such Borrower by such Lender outstanding on such date. In no event shall Aptar SAS have any obligation to repay the Loans made to the Company.
     Section 2.6 Interest.
          (a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate.
          (b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
    (ii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts shall be due and payable upon demand.
          (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
     Section 2.7 Fees.
          (a) Facility Fee. The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Voting Percentage, a facility fee in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Commitments (or, if the Aggregate Commitments have been terminated, on the Total Outstanding Amount), regardless of usage. The facility fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period (and thereafter so long as Loans remain outstanding), including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Section 4 is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Amendment Effective Date and on the last day of each Availability Period (and, if applicable, thereafter on demand). The facility fee shall be calculated quarterly in

24


 

arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
          (b) Utilization Fee. The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Voting Percentage, a utilization fee in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate times the Total Outstanding Amount on each day that the Total Outstanding Amount exceeds 50% of the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Commitments then in effect (or, if terminated, in effect immediately prior to such termination). The utilization fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Amendment Effective Date, and on the last day of each Availability Period. The utilization fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate for each period during which such Applicable Rate was in effect. The utilization fee shall accrue at all times, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Section 4 is not met.
          (c) Other Fees.
     (i) The Company shall pay to the Arranger and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts, in Dollars, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     (ii) The Company shall pay to the Lenders, in Dollars, such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
          (d) Fees Under Existing Agreement. All facility fees and utilization fees accrued through the Amendment Effective Date under the Existing Agreement shall be paid in full on the Amendment Effective Date.
       Section 2.8 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” and for Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Sterling shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year), or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.10(a), bear interest for one day.

25


 

     Section 2.9 Evidence of Debt. The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of demonstrable error. Upon the request of any Lender to a Borrower made through the Administrative Agent, such Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans to such Borrower in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to a Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
     Section 2.10 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
          (a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent on the dates specified herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may require that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States unless such payment shall give rise to costs, expenses, indemnities or other payment obligations for the account of the applicable Borrower in excess of amounts otherwise payable if such payment had been made in the originally required place of payment. If, for any reason, a Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, such Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its applicable Lending Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

26


 

           (b) If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
     (c) (i) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.2 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.2) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by such Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If such Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by such Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
    (ii) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders, the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it up to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate.
          (d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender to a Borrower as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to such Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Section 4 are not satisfied

27


 

or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
          (e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 8.7 are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to make any payment under Section 8.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or to make its payment under Section 8.7.
          (f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
     Section 2.11 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
     (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
     (ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by a Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, (y) any payment made to a Lender on its Maturity Date or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.
     Section 2.12 Allocation of Payments Prior to Acceleration. Prior to the acceleration of the Loans of either Borrower following the occurrence of an Event of Default, all payments by a Borrower of principal of, and interest on the Loans shall be allocated to the Lenders as follows, (i) all payments of principal of, or interest on, Tranche A Loans shall be payable to each Lender

28


 

ratable in accordance with each Lender’s respective Lending Percentage for such Tranche A Loans and (ii) all payments of principal of, or interest on, Tranche B Loans shall be payable to the Tranche B Lenders ratably in accordance with each Tranche B Lender’s respective Lending Percentage for Tranche B Loans.
     Section 2.13 Allocations of Payments After Acceleration.
          (a) Upon acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.2, to the extent necessary, each Lender shall be required to purchase without recourse or warranty from the other Lenders (and to the extent necessary pay cash for) a participation interest in the Loans owing to or participated in by each other Lender such that, after giving effect to such purchase, each Lender shall have a participation in the Loans under each Tranche made to a Borrower ratably in accordance with its respective Voting Percentage.
          (b) If under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff to which this Section applies, such Lender shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders entitled under this Section to share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section may, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including pursuant to Section 10.9) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.
          (c) After acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.2, all payments of principal of, and interest on, Loans shall be allocated to the Lenders as follows:
    (i) On the date of acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.2 (but before giving effect to the deemed purchase referred to above), the Administrative Agent shall compute the Voting Percentage for each Lender.
    (ii) To the extent that amounts are received by the Administrative Agent following the declaration of acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to Section 7.2, the Administrative Agent shall pay all payments of principal of, or interest on, Loans, or other Obligations to each Lender ratably in accordance with such Lender’s Voting Percentage, regardless of the Borrower from which such payment is received or the currency in which such payment is received and each Lender shall determine the order of application of such payments to the Obligations owed to such Lender.
    (iii) Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to effect such conversions of currencies as are necessary to effect the provisions of this Section, at such times and at such rates as the Administrative Agent may in a commercially reasonable manner determine. At each Lender’s option and upon prior written notification to the Administrative Agent, any Alternative Currency Loan of such Lender shall be paid in Dollars.
          (d) Nothing in this Section 2.13 shall affect the rights and obligations of the Obligors under the Credit Documents.

29


 

     Section 2.14 Aptar SAS As Borrower. Aptar SAS hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Company to take such action and deliver and receive notices hereunder as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as delegated to it by the terms hereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In furtherance of and not in limitation of the foregoing, for the administrative convenience of the parties hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall send all notices and communications to be sent to Aptar SAS solely to the Company and may rely solely upon the Company to receive all such notices and other communications for and on behalf of Aptar SAS. No Person other than the Company (and its authorized officers and employees) may act as agent for Aptar SAS hereunder without the written consent of the Administrative Agent.
     Section 2.15 Extension of Maturity Date.
          (a) Requests for Extension. The Company may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) not earlier than 45 days and not later than 35 days prior to the first anniversary of the Amendment Effective Date and/or the second anniversary of the Amendment Effective Date (each a “Anniversary Date”) request that each Lender extend such Lender’s then existing Maturity Date for one year.
          (b) Lender Elections to Extend. Each Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given not earlier than 30 days prior to the Anniversary Date and not later than the date (the “Notice Date”) that is 20 days prior to the Anniversary Date, advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Lender agrees to such extension (and each Lender that determines not to so extend its Maturity Date (a “Non-Extending Lender”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Notice Date) and any Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Lender. The election of any Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Lender to so agree.
          (c) Notification by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company of each Lender’s determination under this Section no later than the date 15 days prior to the Anniversary Date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day).
          (d) Additional Commitment Lenders. The Company shall have the right on or before the Anniversary Date to replace each Non-Extending Lender with, and add as “Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “Additional Commitment Lender”) as provided in Section 10.16, each of which Additional Commitment Lenders shall have entered into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Commitment Lender shall, effective as of the Anniversary Date, undertake a Commitment (and, if any such Additional Commitment Lender is already a Lender, its Commitment shall be in addition to such Lender’s Commitment hereunder on such date).
          (e) Minimum Extension Requirement. If (and only if) the total of the Commitments of the Lenders that have agreed so to extend their Maturity Date and the additional Commitments of the Additional Commitment Lenders shall be more than 50% of the aggregate

30


 

amount of the Commitments in effect immediately prior to the Anniversary Date, then, effective as of the Anniversary Date, the Anniversary Date of each Extending Lender and of each Additional Commitment Lender shall be extended to the date falling one year after the existing Maturity Date (except that, if such date is not a Business Day, such Maturity Date as so extended shall be the next preceding Business Day) and each Additional Commitment Lender shall thereupon become a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.
          (f) Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to this Section shall not be effective with respect to any Lender unless:
     (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such extension and after giving effect thereto;
     (ii) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such extension and after giving effect thereto, as though made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date); and
     (iii) on the Maturity Date of each Non-Extending Lender, the Borrowers shall prepay any Loans outstanding on such date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5) to the extent necessary to keep outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages of the respective Lenders effective as of such date.
          (g) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.11 or 10.1 to the contrary.
     Section 2.16 Increase in Commitments.
          (a) Request for Increase. Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Company may from time to time, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $100,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000 (unless the Administrative Agent agrees to a smaller amount), and (ii) the Company may make a maximum of three such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Company (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).
          (b) Lender Elections to Increase. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Voting Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.
          (c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to

31


 

each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Company may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
          (d) Increase Effective Date and Allocations. If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Company shall determine the increase effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.
          (e) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to such increase, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Borrower dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Borrower approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Company (and with respect to Section 5.19, Aptar SAS), certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.16, the representations and warranties contained in subsections Section 5.9 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a)(i) and (ii), respectively, of Section 6.6, and (B) no Default exists. The Borrowers shall prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.5) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Voting Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.
          (f) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.11 or 10.1 to the contrary.
SECTION 3. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
     Section 3.1 Taxes.
          (a) Any and all payments by the Borrowers to or for the account of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Credit Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a lending office (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”). If a

32


 

Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Credit Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), each of the Administrative Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within 30 days after the date of such payment, such Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall forward the same to such Lender) the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.
          (b) In addition, each Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made by such Borrower under any Credit Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Credit Document (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”).
          (c) If a Borrower shall be required to deduct or pay any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Credit Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, such Borrower shall also pay to the Administrative Agent or to such Lender, as the case may be, at the time interest is paid, such additional amount that the Administrative Agent or such Lender specifies is necessary to preserve the after-tax yield (after factoring in all taxes, including taxes imposed on or measured by net income) that the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed. In the event a Borrower is required to make an additional payment to a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.1, such Borrower may request from such Lender a calculation of the effect of such additional payment on the Taxes and Other Taxes of such Lender. If after the application of any available credits or deductions in connection with the additional payment the after-tax yield to such Lender is greater than the after-tax yield which such Lender would have received if such additional payment were not made, such Lender shall promptly pay such Borrower the difference.
          (d) Each Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (ii) amounts payable under Section 3.1(c) and (iii) any liability (including additions to tax, penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Payment under this subsection (d) shall be made within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date the Lender or the Administrative Agent makes a demand therefor.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in Section 10.15, the Borrowers shall be liable under Section 3.1 with respect to any French withholding taxes which may be payable to a Non-Tranche B Lender as a result of such Non-Tranche B Lender’s purchase of Tranche B Loans pursuant to Section 2.13.

33


 

          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Borrower shall be required to make any payments or reimburse the Administrative Agent or any Lender under this Section 3.1 with respect to any Taxes, Other Taxes or other amounts imposed on or paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender more than one hundred eighty (180) days before the date of which a request for payment or reimbursement is delivered to such Borrower.
          (g) Except as provided in Section 3.1(e), the obligation of any Borrower to pay any additional amounts to any Lender under this Section 3.1 shall be subject to satisfaction by such Lender of the requirements of Section 10.15.
     Section 3.2 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurocurrency Rate Loans (whether denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency), or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars or any Alternative Currency in the applicable interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Company through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Dollars, to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all such Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.
     Section 3.3 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (i) deposits (whether in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan (whether denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency), or (iii) the Eurocurrency Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon

34


 

receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
     Section 3.4 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.
          (a) If any Lender determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this subsection (a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 3.1 shall govern), (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender is organized or has its Lending Office, and (iii) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost, other than as set forth below) or the Mandatory Cost, as calculated hereunder, does not represent the cost to such Lender of complying with the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank in relation to its making, funding or maintaining of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in the applicable Alternative Currency, then from time to time within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Company’s receipt of a written demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Company shall pay (or cause Aptar SAS to pay) to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction or, if applicable, the portion of such cost that is not represented by the Mandatory Cost.
          (b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time on or prior to the fifteenth (15th) Business Day after the Company’s receipt of a written demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Company shall pay (or cause Aptar SAS to pay) to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.
          (c) The Company shall pay (or cause Aptar SAS to pay) to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be

35


 

conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Company shall have received at least 15 days’ prior written notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional costs from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give written notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional costs shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.
          (d) The Company shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error), which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Company shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or costs from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or costs shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.
          (e) No Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.4 for any amounts incurred or arising hereunder more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Company of the event(s) giving rise to such amounts and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the adoption or change described in this Section 3.4 giving rise to such request for compensation is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. The applicable Lender shall deliver a written statement of such Lender to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) as to the amount due, if any, under this Section 3.4. Such written statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculations upon which such Lender determined such amount and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrowers in the absence of demonstrable error.
     Section 3.5 Compensation for Losses. On or prior to the fifteenth (15th) Business Day after the Company’s receipt of a written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Company shall promptly compensate (or cause Aptar SAS to compensate) such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
          (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

36


 

          (b) any failure by a Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Company or Aptar SAS;
          (c) any failure by a Borrower to make payment of any Loan (or interest due thereon) denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency;
          (d) any assignment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Company pursuant to Section 10.16; or
          (e) any reallocation of Tranche A Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(c) on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for Tranche A Loans;
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Company shall also pay (or cause Aptar SAS to pay) any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.
     For purposes of calculating amounts payable by a Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.5, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Base Rate used in determining the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for such currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
     No Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.5 for any amounts incurred or arising hereunder more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Company of the event(s) giving rise to such amounts and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor. The applicable Lender shall deliver a written statement of such Lender to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) as to the amount due, if any, under this Section 3.5. Such written statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculations upon which such Lender determined such amount and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrowers in the absence of demonstrable error.
     Section 3.6 Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation.
          (a) A certificate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 3 and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.
          (b) Upon any Lender’s making a claim for compensation under Section 3.1 or 3.4 or providing a notice under Section 3.2 which has not been withdrawn, the Company may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.16.

37


 

     Section 3.7 Survival. All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Section 3 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.
     Section 4.1 Agreement Effectiveness. This Agreement shall be and become effective on the date (the “Amendment Effective Date”) on which the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have executed and delivered this Agreement and the Administrative Agent shall have received (or, in the case of Sections 4.1(e), (f) and (g), the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that such conditions are met) all of the following, each duly executed and dated the Amendment Effective Date (or such earlier date as shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
          (a) the opinion of (i) Sidley Austin LLP, U.S. legal counsel to the Borrowers and (ii) Latham & Watkins, French legal counsel to Aptar SAS;
          (b) copies of the Organization Documents and resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Borrower authorizing the execution and delivery of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Borrower;
          (c) specimen signatures of the persons authorized to execute Credit Documents on such Borrower’s behalf, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Borrower;
          (d) payment of all fees then due and owing to the Administrative Agent and each Lender under Section 2.7;
          (e) all legal matters incident to the execution and delivery of the Credit Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders;
          (f) no change, occurrence or development shall have occurred since December 31, 2005 which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
          (g) evidence of payment of the stamp tax referred to in Schedule 5.19, if any.
The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that the Amendment Effective Date has occurred.
     Section 4.2 All Credit Extensions. At the time of each Credit Extension hereunder:
          (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received the notice required by Section 2.2;
          (b) Each of the representations and warranties of the Borrowers set forth in Section 5 shall be and remain true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such

38


 

Credit Extension, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty relates solely to an earlier date, in which case it shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date; and
          (c) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result of such Credit Extension.
Each request for a Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company and, if such Loan is a Tranche B Loan, Aptar SAS, on the date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuance as to the facts specified in subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 4.2.
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
     The Company (and, with respect to Section 5.19, Aptar SAS) represents and warrants to each Lender and the Administrative Agent as follows:
     Section 5.1 Organization.
          (a) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries: (i) is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (ii) has all necessary power to own the Property and assets it uses in its business and otherwise to carry on its present business and the business it currently proposes to transact; and (iii) is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the nature of the property owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary and in which the failure to be so licensed or qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) As of the Amendment Effective Date, the Company has no Subsidiaries other than those Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.1.
     Section 5.2 Corporate Power and Authority. Each Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of such Credit Documents. Each Borrower has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).
     Section 5.3 No Violation. Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrowers of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions thereof, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein, will (i) contravene any applicable provision of any Law, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach of any term, covenant, condition or other provision of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the terms of any Contractual Obligation to

39


 

which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets are bound or to which it may be subject or (iii) violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws or corresponding organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.4 Governmental Authorization. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority which has not been obtained or given is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, either Borrower of any Credit Document.
     Section 5.5 Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened, involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that are likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Lenders or on the ability of either Borrower to perform its obligations to the Lenders under this Agreement.
     Section 5.6 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.
          (a) The proceeds of all Loans shall be used (i) to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, (ii) to repay Debt under the Existing Agreement and (iii) working capital, capital expenditures and other lawful corporate purposes.
          (b) No proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock.”
          (c) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, no proceeds of any Loan will be used to finance, fund or complete any hostile acquisition of any Person.
     Section 5.7 Investment Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     Section 5.8 True and Complete Disclosure. All factual information heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including, without limitation, all information contained herein) in connection with this agreement or any transaction contemplated herein is, and all other such factual information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of any such Persons in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date of such information and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided.
     Section 5.9 Financial Statements.
          (a) The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company as at December 31, 2005 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the

40


 

three month period ended March 31, 2006, copies of which have been delivered to the Lenders, in each case (i) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as disclosed therein) and (ii) fairly present on a consolidated basis the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as of the dates thereof, and the results of operations for the periods covered thereby. The Company and its Subsidiaries have no material contingent liabilities other than those disclosed in the financial statements referred to in this Section 5.9 or in any supplemental report already furnished to the Lenders in writing. With respect to any representation and warranty which is deemed to be made after the date hereof by the Company this representation shall be deemed to refer to the financial statements most recently delivered by the Company to the Lenders.
          (b) To the best knowledge of the Company, no Internal Control Event exists or has occurred since December 31, 2005 that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a misstatement in any material respect, in any financial information delivered or to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, of (i) covenant compliance calculations provided hereunder or (ii) the assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
     Section 5.10 No Material Adverse Change. No event has occurred which had a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2005.
     Section 5.11 Labor Controversies. There are no labor controversies pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company or its Subsidiaries, threatened against the Company and its Subsidiaries that can reasonably be foreseen to threaten a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.12 Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal tax returns and all other tax returns required to be filed and have paid all taxes due, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided. No tax liens have been filed and no claims are being asserted for taxes, which liens or claims could have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries for taxes and other governmental charges are adequate.
     Section 5.13 ERISA Compliance.
          (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code except where a failure to make a required contribution could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
          (b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to

41


 

any Plan that could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA which individually under clauses (i) through (v), or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.14 Intellectual Property. The Company and its Subsidiaries own or hold a valid license to use all the material patents, trademarks, permits, service marks, trade names, technology, know-how and formulas or other rights related to the foregoing, free of any burdensome restrictions, that are used in the operation of the business of the Company or of its Subsidiaries as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted as determined by the Company and its Subsidiaries in their reasonable judgment, except for such intellectual property or burdensome restrictions which are not likely to individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.15 Compliance with Statutes, Etc. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic and foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its Property, except such non-compliance as is not likely to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.16 Environmental Matters.
          (a) The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied with, and on the date of each Credit Extension are in compliance with, all applicable Environmental Laws and the requirements of any permits issued under such Environmental Laws except to the extent such noncompliance is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company and its Subsidiaries, past or threatened Environmental Claims against the Company or its Subsidiaries of any real property owned or operated by the Company or its Subsidiaries that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no conditions or occurrences on any real property owned or operated by the Company or its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on any property adjoining or in the vicinity of any such real property that would reasonably be expected (i) to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Company or its Subsidiaries or any such real property that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) to cause any such real property to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of such real

42


 

property by the Company or its Subsidiaries under any applicable Environmental Law which restrictions are likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) Hazardous Materials have not at any time been generated, used, treated or stored on, or transported to or from, any real property owned or operated by the Company or its Subsidiaries in a manner that has violated or would reasonably be expected to violate any Environmental Law except such violations as are not likely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Hazardous Materials have not at any time been released on or from any real property located in the United States owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries except such releases as are not likely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there are not now any underground storage tanks located on any real property located in the United States owned or operated by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.17 Existing Debt. Schedule 5.17 contains a complete list of all Debt (other than the Obligations hereunder and under the Existing Agreement) of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006 and all other Debt incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries between March 31, 2006 and the Amendment Effective Date which had an original principal amount in excess of $25,000,000.
     Section 5.18 No Burdensome Restrictions; Compliance with Agreements. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is party or subject to any law, regulation, rule or order, or any Contractual Obligation that (individually or in the aggregate) has or reasonably could be foreseen to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.19 Additional Representations as to Aptar SAS. Aptar SAS represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
          (a) Aptar SAS is subject to civil and commercial Laws with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, and the execution, delivery and performance by Aptar SAS of the Credit Documents constitute and will constitute private and commercial acts and not public or governmental acts. Neither Aptar SAS nor any of its property has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which Aptar SAS is organized and existing in respect of its obligations under the Credit Documents.
          (b) The Credit Documents are in proper legal form under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which Aptar SAS is organized and existing for the enforcement thereof against Aptar SAS under the Laws of such jurisdiction, and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of the Credit Documents. It is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of the Credit Documents that the Credit Documents be filed, registered or recorded with, or executed or notarized before, any court or other authority in the jurisdiction in which Aptar SAS is organized and existing or that any registration charge or stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of the Credit Documents or any other document, except for (i) any such filing, registration, recording, execution or notarization as has been made or is not required to be made until the Credit

43


 

Documents or any other document is sought to be enforced and (ii) any charge or tax as has been timely paid.
          (c) There is no tax, levy, impost, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge, or any deduction or withholding, imposed by any Governmental Authority in or of the jurisdiction in which Aptar SAS is organized and existing either (i) on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of the Credit Documents or (ii) on any payment to be made by Aptar SAS pursuant to the Credit Documents, except as set forth on Schedule 5.19.
          (d) The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents executed by Aptar SAS are, under applicable foreign exchange control regulations of the jurisdiction in which Aptar SAS is organized and existing, not subject to any notification or authorization except (i) such as have been made or obtained or (ii) such as cannot be made or obtained until a later date (provided that any notification or authorization described in clause (ii) shall be made or obtained as soon as is reasonably practicable).
SECTION 6. COVENANTS.
     The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan is outstanding or any Commitment is available to or in use by the Company hereunder, except to the extent compliance in any case is waived in writing by the Required Lenders:
     Section 6.1 Existence. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its existence, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11.
     Section 6.2 Maintenance. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, preserve and keep its plants, properties and equipment necessary to the proper conduct of its business in reasonably good repair, working order and condition and will from time to time make all reasonably necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and betterments thereto so that at all times such plants, properties and equipment are reasonably preserved and maintained; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6.2 shall prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company or any such Subsidiary, as applicable, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of its Subsidiary and not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders.
     Section 6.3 Taxes. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, duly pay and discharge all taxes, rates, assessments, fees and governmental charges upon or against it or its properties before payment is delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, unless and to the extent that the same is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and appropriate reserves have been established in conformity with GAAP.
     Section 6.4 ERISA. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, promptly pay and discharge all obligations and liabilities arising under ERISA of a character which if unpaid or unperformed could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien against any of its properties or assets and will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any ERISA Event which could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

44


 

          Section 6.5 Insurance. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, insure, and keep insured, all insurable Property and assets owned by it of a character usually insured by companies similarly situated and operating like Property or assets, to the extent usually insured (subject to self-insured retentions) by such similar companies. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries will also insure employers’ and public and product liability risks. The Company will, upon request of the Administrative Agent, furnish to the Administrative Agent a summary setting forth the nature and extent of the insurance maintained pursuant to this Section 6.5.
          Section 6.6 Financial Reports and Other Information.
          (a) The Company and its Subsidiaries will maintain a system of accounting in accordance with GAAP and will furnish to the Administrative Agent such information about the business and financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and, without any request, will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
     (i) Within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statement of income and of cash flow for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, all of which shall be in reasonable detail and certified by the Executive Vice President or the Vice President-Treasurer of the Company that they fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as applicable) as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and changes in their cash flows for the periods indicated and that it has been prepared in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments.
     (ii) Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statement of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for such fiscal year and setting forth consolidated comparative figures for the preceding fiscal year certified by PriceWaterhouseCoopers or other independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing, in each case to the effect that such statements fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and changes.
     (iii) Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all financial statements and projections that the Company sends to its shareholders and copies of all filings and registrations with, and reports to, the SEC by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (b) Each financial statement furnished to the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii) of Section 6.6(a) shall be accompanied by (A) a written certificate signed by the Company’s Executive Vice President or Vice President-Treasurer to the effect that (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred during the period covered by such statements or,

45


 

if any such Default or Event of Default has occurred during such period, setting forth a description of such Default or Event of Default and specifying the action, if any, taken by the Company to remedy the same, and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 are true and correct in all material respects as though made on the date of such certificate, except as otherwise described therein, and (B) a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit B showing the Company’s compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 6.14, 6.15 and 6.17, and attaching an updated Schedule 5.1 if any information pertaining thereto has changed since the previous Compliance Certificate was submitted.
             (c) Promptly after obtaining knowledge of any of the following, the Company shall provide the Administrative Agent with written notice in reasonable detail of:
     (i) any pending or threatened material Environmental Claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any real property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (ii) any condition or occurrence on any real property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that (x) results in material noncompliance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or (y) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of a material Environmental Claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any such real property;
     (iii) any condition or occurrence on any real property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably by anticipated to cause such real property to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability by the Company or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, of its interest in such real property under any Environmental Law; and
     (iv) the taking of any material removal or remedial action in response to the actual or alleged presence of any Hazardous Material on any real property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     For purposes of this Section 6.6(c), “material” shall refer to an event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in losses, costs or liabilities (in excess of any cash escrow available to the Company), individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000,000.
             (d) The Company will promptly (and in any event within one Business Day after an officer of the Company has knowledge thereof) give notice to the Administrative Agent of:
     (i) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
     (ii) any default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (iii) the Company’s determination at any time of the occurrence or existence of any Internal Control Event;

46


 

     (iv) any litigation or governmental proceeding of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 5.5; and
     (v) any circumstance that has had a Material Adverse Effect.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.6 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Company delivers electronic copies thereof to the Administrative Agent , posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Company’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.2; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (x) the Company shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that delivers a written request to the Company to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (y) the Company shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall deliver any documents delivered to it by the Company pursuant to Section 6 to the Lenders either electronically or by posting such documents on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Company shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.6(c) to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Company with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
     Section 6.7 Lender Inspection Rights. Upon reasonable notice from the Administrative Agent the Company will permit the Administrative Agent (and such Persons as the Administrative Agent may designate) and any Lender during normal business hours to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries to examine all its respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss its respective affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, employees and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes such accountants to discuss with the Administrative Agent (and such Persons as the Administrative Agent may designate) and any Lender the finances and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries) all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested.
     Section 6.8 Conduct of Business. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries will not engage in any line of business outside the packaging industry other than a Permitted Receivables Transaction.

47


 

     Section 6.9 Fiscal Years and Quarters. The Company will, for financial reporting purposes, maintain for itself and its Subsidiaries a fiscal year that ends on December 31 of each year and fiscal quarters that end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.
     Section 6.10 Limitation on Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise permit to exist or become effective any Lien or restriction on the ability of any such Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other interest or participation in its profits owned by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company, except for such Liens or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable Law, (ii) this Agreement, (iii) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (iv) customary provisions restricting assignment of any licensing agreement entered into by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business; and (v) customary provisions restricting distributions pursuant to any Permitted Receivables Transaction.
     Section 6.11 Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.
          (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, be a party to any merger or consolidation or engage in any Asset Sale of all or a “substantial part” of the consolidated assets (including assets consisting of stock) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, except for any such merger or consolidation (x) by any Subsidiary into or with the Company or into or with any Subsidiary, (y) by any Subsidiary provided the survivor is a Subsidiary or (z) by the Company provided the Company is the surviving corporation. As used in this Section 6.11(a), an Asset Sale shall be deemed to be of a “substantial part” of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries if the book value of such assets (excluding accounts receivable transferred as part of a Permitted Receivables Transaction), when added to the book value of all such other assets (including assets consisting of stock) sold, leased, transferred or disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year (other than inventory in the ordinary course of business) exceeds 10% of their consolidated assets (including assets consisting of stock) as of the date of the most recently ended Fiscal Year.
          (b) The Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue or sell any shares of stock of any class (including as “stock” for the purpose of this subsection any warrants, rights or options to purchase or otherwise acquire stock or other Securities exchangeable for or convertible into stock) of such Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, except for the purpose of qualifying directors, if the effect of such issuance of sale would be to dilute the voting rights or ownership interests of the Company in any such Subsidiary to fifty percent (50%) or less.
     Section 6.12 Use of Property and Facilities; Environmental, Health and Safety Laws. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to or affecting the properties or business operations of

48


 

the Company or its Subsidiaries except to the extent such noncompliance is not likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.13 Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any Property or asset of any kind of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, except the following (collectively, the “Permitted Liens”):
          (a) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by operation of law in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old age benefits, social security obligations, taxes, assessments, statutory obligations or other similar charges, good faith deposits, pledges or other Liens in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or other deposits required to be made in the ordinary course of business; provided that in each case the obligation secured is not for Debt and is not overdue or, if overdue, is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided therefor;
          (b) mechanics’, worker’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, carriers’ or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business (or deposits to obtain the release of such Liens) related to obligations not due or, if due, that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided therefor;
          (c) Liens for taxes or assessments or other government charges or levies not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided therefor;
          (d) Liens arising out of judgments or awards against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or in connection with surety or appeal bonds in connection with bonding such judgments or awards, the time for appeal from which or petition for rehearing of which shall not have expired or which the Company or such Subsidiary shall be prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for review, and for which it shall have obtained a stay of execution pending such appeal or proceeding for review; provided that the aggregate amount of liabilities (including interest and penalties, if any but excluding any liabilities covered by insurance) of the Company and its Subsidiaries secured by such Liens shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
          (e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on real property incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
          (f) any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;
          (g) Liens in favor of depository and collection banks and other regulated financial institutions consisting of statutory or contractual setoff rights with respect to deposit

49


 

accounts or securities accounts of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof maintained with such bank or financial institution to secure payment of customary maintenance fees or other administrative charges associated with such accounts so long as such Liens do not secure Indebtedness and are incurred in the ordinary course of business or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
          (h) Liens upon any Property acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (A) to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of such Property upon its acquisition, (B) to secure Debt issued, assumed or guaranteed by the Company or such Subsidiary before, at the time of, or within 90 days after the acquisition of such Property, which Debt financed all or any part of the purchase price of such Property, (C) to secure capitalized lease obligations or (D) to secure commercial letters of credit issued to pay part or all of the purchase price of such Property; provided that in each case such Lien applies only to the Property that was so acquired or purchased, such Debt is incurred in connection with such acquisition or purchase and such Debt does not exceed the purchase price of such Property;
          (i) Liens on Property existing at the time such Property is acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and not created in contemplation of such acquisition and Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Company or such Subsidiary;
          (j) Liens on accounts receivable transferred in connection with a Permitted Receivables Transaction;
          (k) Liens securing Debt described on Schedule 5.17 hereto and other Indebtedness not to exceed in the aggregate 7% of Consolidated Net Worth at any time outstanding; and
          (l) Any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any Lien referred to in the foregoing subsections (a) through (g), provided, however, that the principal amount of Debt secured thereby does not exceed the principal amount secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, and that such extension, renewal or replacement is limited to the Property already subject to the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced.
Nothing contained in subsections (a) through (l) of this Section 6.13 shall be deemed to permit a pledge of the stock (or other equity interests) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     Section 6.14 Debt. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, contract, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:
          (a) Debt under this Agreement;

50


 

          (b) Existing Debt listed on Schedule 5.17 and other Debt provided that at the time such other Debt is incurred and after giving effect to the incurrence of such other Debt (i) the Company is in pro forma compliance with Section 6.17 hereof and (ii) the Debt of Subsidiaries of the Company (excluding Debt owing to the Company or other Subsidiaries of the Company and Debt of Aptar SAS under this Agreement) does not exceed 30% of Consolidated Net Worth.
     Section 6.15 Advances, Acquisitions, Investments and Loans. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, lend money or credit or make advances to any Person, or purchase or acquire any stock of any class of, or any partnership, joint venture or other equity interest in or obligations of, or make any capital contribution to, any Person, or purchase or own a futures contract or otherwise become liable for the purchase or sale of currency or other commodities at a future date in the nature of a futures contract, except:
          (a) investments in Cash Equivalents;
          (b) receivables owing to the Company or its Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable on customary trade terms of the Company or such Subsidiary;
          (c) investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
          (d) advances, loans and investments in existence on the Amendment Effective Date (all such advances, loans and investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in existence on March 31, 2006 and all advances, loans and investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries between March 31, 2006 and the Amendment Effective Date which had an original amount in excess of $10,000,000, in each case are reflected on Schedule 6.15 hereto);
          (e) deposits made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;
          (f) financing provided by the Company and its Subsidiaries to their customers in the ordinary course of business;
          (g) intercompany loans, contributions to capital and advances to any of its Subsidiaries and any Subsidiaries of the Company may make intercompany loans, contributions to capital and advances to the Company;
          (h) loans and advances by the Company and its Subsidiaries to directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries for moving and travel expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time;

51


 

          (i) purchases or acquisitions of stock or partnership interests, joint venture interests or other equity interests in any Person who after such purchase or other acquisition becomes a Subsidiary; and
          (j) other purchases, advances, loans and investments with respect to Persons who are not (or as a result of such investment do not become) a Subsidiary not to exceed, in the aggregate, twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the Consolidated Net Worth at any time outstanding.
     Section 6.16 Dividends and Other Shareholder Distributions. The Company shall not during the occurrence and continuation of any Default or Event of Default:
          (a) declare or pay any dividends or make any distribution of any kind on its outstanding capital stock, or set aside any sum for any such purpose; or
          (b) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, or make any sinking fund payments for, any shares of any class of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company now or hereafter outstanding or set apart any sum for any such purpose.
     Section 6.17 Leverage. The Company will at all times maintain a Consolidated Leverage Ratio of not more than .55 to 1.
     Section 6.18 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or be a party to any material transaction or arrangement with any Affiliate of the Company or such Subsidiary which is not itself a Subsidiary, including without limitation, the purchase from, sale to or exchange of Property with, any merger or consolidation with or into, or the rendering of any service by or for, any such Affiliate, except (i) in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate and (ii) the Permitted Receivables Transaction and (iii) transactions and arrangements permitted under the terms of Section 6.11 or 6.15 provided the Board of Directors of the Company have determined that such transaction or arrangement is in the best interest of the Company.
     Section 6.19 Compliance with Laws. Without limiting any of the other covenants of the Company in this Section 6, the Company will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, conduct their business, and otherwise be, in compliance with all applicable Laws and orders of any governmental or judicial authorities; provided, however, that this Section 6.19 shall not require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to comply with any such law, regulation, ordinance or order if (x) it shall be contesting such Law or order in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided therefor, or (y) the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.20 Take or Pay Contracts. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or be a party to any arrangement for the purchase of materials, supplies, other property or services if such arrangement (i) by its express terms requires that

52


 

payment be made by the Company or such Subsidiary regardless of whether such materials, supplies, other property or services are delivered or furnished to it and (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.21 Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not enter into any Contractual Obligation if compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions thereof, consummation of the transactions contemplated therein, or application or operation of any term, covenant, condition or other provision thereof would (i) result in a Default or Event of Default or (ii) violate any provision of the Organization Documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.
     Section 7.1 Events of Default. Any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
          (a) default (x) in the payment when due of the principal amount of any Loan or (y) for a period of three (3) days in the payment when due of any other Obligation constituting a payment obligation not mentioned in clause (x);
          (b) default by the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries in the observance or performance of any covenant set forth in Sections 6.10, 6.11, and 6.13-6.21;
          (c) default by the Company or any Subsidiary in the observance or performance of any provision hereof not mentioned in (a) or (b) above, which is not remedied within thirty (30) days after notice thereof to the Company by the Administrative Agent;
          (d) any representation or warranty made herein by the Company or any Subsidiary, or in any statement or certificate furnished pursuant hereto, proves untrue in any material respect as of the date of the issuance or making, or deemed making or issuance, thereof;
          (e) (x) default by the Company or any Subsidiary occurs in the payment when due of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or (y) a default by the Company or any Subsidiary or other circumstance occurs under any Contractual Obligation under which any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 is issued or created and such default or other circumstance continues for a period of time sufficient to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness, or a trustee therefore, to cause the acceleration of the maturity of any such Indebtedness or any mandatory unscheduled prepayment, purchase, or other early funding thereof;
          (f) the Company, Aptar SAS or any Subsidiary owning or holding in the aggregate more than five percent (5%) of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) does not pay, or admits its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due, (ii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iii) applies for, seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in, the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any substantial part of its Property, (iv) institutes any proceeding seeking to have entered against it an order for relief under any Debtor Relief Law or fails to file an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations of any such proceeding filed against it, (v) takes

53


 

any corporate action in furtherance of any matter described in clauses (i)-(iv) above, or (vi) fails to contest in good faith any appointment or proceeding described in Section 7.1(g);
          (g) a custodian, receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official is appointed for the Company, Aptar SAS or any Subsidiary thereof owning or holding in the aggregate more than five percent (5%) of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any substantial part of any of their respective Property, or a proceeding described in Section 7.1(f)(iv) is instituted against the Company, Aptar SAS or any Subsidiary of the Company, and such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days;
          (h) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company fails within thirty (30) days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of, in the aggregate, $5,000,000, which is not stayed on appeal or otherwise being appropriately contested in good faith in a manner that stays execution;
          (i) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000;
          (j) (i) the Company, Aptar SAS or any Person acting on behalf of the Company, or any Governmental Authority challenges the validity of any Credit Document or the Company’s obligations thereunder or (ii) any Credit Document ceases to be in full force and effect or ceases to give the Administrative Agent and Lenders the material Liens, rights, and powers purported to be granted in their favor thereby; or
          (k) a Change of Control Event occurs.
     Section 7.2 Non-Bankruptcy Defaults. When any Event of Default other than those described in subsections (f) or (g) of Section 7.1 has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Company: (a) if so directed by the Required Lenders, terminate the remaining Commitments and all other obligations of the Lenders hereunder on the date stated in such notice (which may be the date thereof) and (b) if so directed by the Required Lenders, declare the principal of and the accrued interest on all outstanding Loans to be forthwith due and payable and thereupon all outstanding Loans, including both principal and interest thereon, shall be and become immediately due and payable together with all other amounts payable under the Credit Documents without further demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind. The Administrative Agent, after giving notice to the Company pursuant to Section 7.1(c) or this Section 7.2, shall also promptly send a copy of such notice to the other Lenders, but the failure to do so shall not impair or annul the effect of such notice.

54


 

     Section 7.3 Bankruptcy Defaults. When any Event of Default described in subsections (f) or (g) of Section 7.1 has occurred and is continuing, then all outstanding Loans shall immediately become due and payable together with all other amounts payable under the Credit Documents without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, and all obligations of the Lenders to extend further credit pursuant to any of the terms hereof shall immediately terminate.
     Section 7.4 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Company under Section 7.1(c) promptly upon being requested to do so by any Lender and shall thereupon notify all the Lenders thereof.
SECTION 8. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
     Section 8.1 Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Credit Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Credit Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Credit Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
     Section 8.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Credit Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact, including, for the purposes of any Borrowings or payments in Alternative Currencies, such sub-agents as shall be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent, and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent, sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any such agent, sub-agent or other Person retained or employed pursuant to this Section 8.2 shall have all the benefits and immunities provided to the Administrative Agent in this Section 8 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Person in connection herewith or therewith, as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Section 8 and in the definition of “Agent Party” included such additional Persons with respect to such acts or omissions.
     Section 8.3 Liability of Administrative Agent. No Agent Party shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this

55


 

Agreement or any other Credit Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by a Borrower or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Credit Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or for any failure of a Borrower or any other party to any Credit Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent Party shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of either Borrower or any Affiliate thereof.
     Section 8.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent.
          (a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to a Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Credit Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.
          (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.1, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Amendment Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.
     Section 8.5 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as

56


 

may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 7; provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.
     Section 8.6 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent. Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent Party has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of the Borrowers or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent Party to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent Parties have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of each Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent Party.
     Section 8.7 Indemnification of Administrative Agent. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent Party (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of a Borrower and without limiting the obligation of a Borrower to do so), pro rata in accordance with their Voting Percentages, and hold harmless each Agent Party from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent Party of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent Party’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, provided, however, that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section; provided, further, that such indemnified liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Agent Party acting for the Administrative Agent in connection with such capacity. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable and documented costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the

57


 

Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
     Section 8.8 Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. Bank of America and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates as though Bank of America were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Bank of America or its Affiliates may receive information regarding the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Borrower or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, Bank of America shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Bank of America in its individual capacity.
     Section 8.9 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Company. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor administrative agent for the Lenders, which successor administrative agent shall be consented to by the Company at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent of the Company shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor administrative agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Company, a successor administrative agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor administrative agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor administrative agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent shall mean such successor administrative agent, the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 and Sections 10.4 and 10.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.
     Section 8.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,

58


 

adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to either Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on either Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
          (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.7 and 10.4) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
          (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.7 and 10.4.
     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
     Section 8.11 Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers. None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “co-agent,” “book manager,” “bookrunner, ” “lead manager,” “arranger,” “lead arranger” or “co-arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this agreement other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
SECTION 9. COMPANY GUARANTEE
     Section 9.1 Unconditional Guarantee. For valuable consideration, receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and to induce each Lender to make Loans to and on account of the Aptar SAS and to induce the Administrative Agent to act hereunder, the Company hereby

59


 

unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Lender and the Administrative Agent the punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Obligations of Aptar SAS, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent or now existing or hereafter arising (such Obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by Aptar SAS to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender under this Agreement but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving Aptar SAS. This is a guarantee of payment and not of collection merely.
     Section 9.2 Guarantee Absolute. The Company guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, regardless of any Law or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Lender or the Administrative Agent with respect thereto. The Obligations of the Company under this Section 9 are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Company to enforce this Section 9, irrespective of whether any action is brought against Aptar SAS or whether Aptar SAS is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Company under this guarantee shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Company hereby irrevocably waives any defense it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
          (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;
          (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement;
          (c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
          (d) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of Aptar SAS;
          (e) any Law, order or decree of any Governmental Authority or any other event affecting any term of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; or
          (f) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law) which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company, Aptar SAS or a guarantor.
     This guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Lender or the Administrative Agent upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Aptar SAS or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

60


 

     Section 9.3 Waivers. The Company hereby expressly waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for payment, protest, any requirement that any right or power be exhausted or any action be taken against Aptar SAS or against any other guarantor of all or any portion of the Total Outstanding Amount, and all other notices and demands whatsoever.
          (a) The Company hereby waives any right to revoke this guaranty, and acknowledges that this guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future and regardless of whether the Total Outstanding Amount is reduced to zero at any time or from time to time.
          (b) The Company acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated herein and that the waivers set forth in this Section 9 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
     Section 9.4 Subrogation. The Company will not exercise any rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against Aptar SAS or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Guaranteed Obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender against a Borrowing Subsidiary or any other insider guarantor or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from Aptar SAS or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash and the Commitments shall have terminated. If any amount shall be paid to the Company in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to the later of the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this guaranty and the termination of the Commitments, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or to be held as collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this guaranty thereafter arising. The Company acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement and that the waiver set forth in this section is knowingly made in contemplation on such benefits.
     Section 9.5 Survival. This guaranty is a continuing guarantee and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this guaranty and the termination of the Commitments, (b) be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Lender (including each assignee Lender pursuant to Section 10.7) and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors, transferees and assigns and (d) shall be reinstated if at any time any payment to a Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder is required to be restored by such Lender or the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), each Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its interest in any Loan to any other

61


 

Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise.
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS.
     Section 10.1 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, and no consent to any departure by the Company or Aptar SAS therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Company or Aptar SAS, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
          (a) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.1(a) without the written consent of each Lender;
          (b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 7.2) without the written consent of such Lender;
          (c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Credit Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Credit Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
          (d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.1) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive, suspend or terminate any obligation of a Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;
          (e) change Section 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13 in a manner that would alter the sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
          (f) amend Section 1.7 or the definition of “Alternative Currency” without the written consent of each Lender;
          (g) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; or

62


 

          (h) release the Company from its Guaranty under Section 9 without the written consent of each Lender;
and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; (ii) Section 10.7(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (iii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that no Commitment of such Lender may be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
        Section 10.2 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.
            (a) General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed certified or registered mail, faxed or delivered by hand or by overnight courier service to the applicable address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection (c) below) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
            (b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Company (on behalf of

63


 

itself and the other Borrower) may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and the Agent Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
          (c) The Platform. INTRALINKS OR ANOTHER SIMILAR ELECTRONIC SYSTEM (THE “PLATFORM”) IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE MATERIALS AND/OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH BORROWER HEREUNDER (COLLECTIVELY, “BORROWER MATERIALS”) OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agent Parties have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
          (d) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Credit Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.
          (e) Reliance by Administrative Agent and Lenders. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic

64


 

Borrowing Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of a Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Company shall indemnify each Agent Party and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of a Borrower, except to the extent any such losses, costs, expenses or liabilities resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
     Section 10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
     Section 10.4 Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes. Each Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender for all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include any search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 10.4 shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations.
     Section 10.5 Indemnification. Each Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Credit Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions

65


 

contemplated thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) any Commitment or Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom or (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to the Company or any Subsidiary, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (i) resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (ii) are subject to reimbursement, indemnity or payment under another provision of this Agreement. No Borrower shall have any reimbursement obligation in respect of any legal or other expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred in connection with investigating or defending against any of the foregoing if the same is due to any event described in the final proviso of the immediately preceding sentence. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement except to the extent such liabilities resulted from the gross negligence of willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, nor shall any Indemnitee have any liability for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Amendment Effective Date). All amounts due under this Section 10.5 shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
     Section 10.6 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of a Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment.
     Section 10.7 Successors and Assigns.

66


 

               (a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section, or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of subsection (h) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
               (b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Individual Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loan outstanding thereunder and such Lender’s Tranche A Commitment and Tranche B Commitment)); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
     (i) Minimum Amounts.
     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Individual Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
     (B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Individual Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder and such Lender’s Tranche A Commitment and Tranche B Commitment) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single assignee (or to an assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.

67


 

          (ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Individual Commitment assigned;
          (iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
     (A) the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
     (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.
          (iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in Schedule 10.7; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
          (v) No Assignment to Company. No such assignment shall be made to the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
          (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
          (vii) No Assignment Resulting in Additional Indemnified Taxes. No such assignment shall be made to any Person that, through its Lending Offices, is not capable of lending the applicable Alternative Currencies to the relevant Borrowers without the imposition of any Taxes or additional Taxes.
          (viii) Tranche B Commitment. No such assignment shall be made to any Person by a Lender (unless such Lender is a Non-Tranche B Lender) to any Person that is not authorized to make Loans in France.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party

68


 

hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.4, 3.5, 10.4 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, each Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.
          (c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
          (d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.
     Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.4 and 3.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.9 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Sections 2.13 and 2.14 as though it were a Lender.
          (e) Limitations Upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.1 or 3.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Company’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Non-U.S. Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.1 unless the Company is notified of the participation sold to such

69


 

Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 10.15 as though it were a Lender.
          (f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note(s), if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
          (g) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
          (h) Special Purpose Funding Vehicles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Company (an “SPC”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof or, if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is required under Section 2.10(c)(ii). Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.4), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Credit Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee in the amount of $2,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating

70


 

agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
     Section 10.8 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees it will use its best efforts not to disclose and to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to a Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Company or (h) to the extent such Information (x) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) is or becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company. For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Company or any Subsidiary relating to the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective business. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
     Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.
     Section 10.9 Set-off. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Company or any other Borrower, any such prior notice being waived by the Company (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Borrower) to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the respective Borrowers against any and all Obligations constituting a payment obligation owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Credit Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Credit Document and although such Obligations may be

71


 

contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
     Section 10.10 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Credit Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid to any Lender under the Credit Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted for such Lender by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the applicable Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
     Section 10.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     Section 10.12 Integration. This Agreement, together with the other Credit Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Credit Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any other Credit Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Credit Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.
     Section 10.13 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Credit Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the date as to which they were made as long as any Loan or any other Obligation constituting a payment obligation (other than contingent indemnity obligations) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.
     Section 10.14 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and

72


 

enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     Section 10.15 Tax Forms.
          (a) Tax Forms. As modified by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 10.15, each Lender agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent or a Borrower, as the Administrative Agent or a Borrower shall reasonably request, on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, and in a timely fashion thereafter, two copies of such documents and forms required by any relevant Governmental Authorities under the Laws of the United States, France (in the case of Tranche B Lenders) and any other jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by such Lender, as are required under such Laws to confirm such Lender’s entitlement to a complete exemption from withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement. Each Lender shall promptly (i) notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any such claimed exemption, and (ii) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any such jurisdiction that a Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender. Additionally, each of the Borrowers shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall reasonably request, on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, and in a timely fashion thereafter, such documents and forms required by any relevant Governmental Authorities under the Laws of any jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by such Borrower, as are required to be furnished by such Lender or the Administrative Agent under such Laws in connection with any payment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of Taxes or Other Taxes, or otherwise in connection with the Credit Documents, with respect to such jurisdiction. No Borrower shall be required to pay an additional amount to any Lender under Section 3.1 if such Lender shall have failed to satisfy the provisions of this Section 10.15; provided that, subject to the limitation of Section 10.7(e), if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this Section 10.15 on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Credit Documents, nothing in this Section 10.15(a) shall relieve either Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.1 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Credit Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate.
          (b) Tranche A Loans — United States Tax Forms
  (i) Each Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “Non-U.S. Lender”) shall deliver to the

73


 

Administrative Agent or the Company, pursuant to Section 3.1(a), prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Non-U.S. Lender and entitling it to a complete exemption from withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Non-U.S. Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments, including fees, to be made to such Non-U.S. Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement) or such other evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled to a complete exemption from U.S. withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 881(c) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Non-U.S. Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States Governmental Authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from or reduction of, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Non-U.S. Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement, (B) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (C) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws that a Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Non-U.S. Lender.
     (ii) Each Non-U.S. Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under any of the Credit Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Lender), shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on the date when such Non-U.S. Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent (in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to U.S. withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Lender chooses to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Lender. No Borrower shall be required to pay any additional amount to any Non-U.S. Lender under Section 3.1 with respect to any Taxes required to be deducted or withheld on the basis of the information, certificates or statements of exemption such Lender transmits with an IRS Form W-8IMY pursuant to this Section 10.15(b) (ii).

74


 

     (iii) The Administrative Agent may, without reduction, withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Credit Documents with respect to which such Borrower is not required to pay additional amounts under this Section 10.15(b).
     (iv) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Company, pursuant to Section 10.15(a), two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-9. If such Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable back-up withholding tax imposed by the Code, without reduction.
             (c) Tranche B Loans — French Tax Forms. With respect to Tranche B Loans, each Tranche B Lender who has not previously done so shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or Aptar SAS, pursuant to Section 3.1(a), prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Laws of France (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed completed copies of any documents or forms required by French Governmental Authorities certifying that such Lender is entitled to a complete exemption from French withholding tax. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Tranche B Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of such documents or forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant French Governmental Authorities) as may then be available under then current French laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to Aptar SAS and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from or reduction of, French withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Tranche B Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement, (B) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (C) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Tranche B Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws that a Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Tranche B Lender.
             (d) If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any Taxes or other amounts from payments made to or for the account of any Lender, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this Section, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
     Section 10.16 Replacement of Lenders. Under any circumstances set forth herein providing that the Company shall have the right to replace a Lender as a party to this Agreement, the Company may, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to assign its Commitment (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Company in such instance) pursuant to Section 10.7(b) to one or more Eligible Assignees

75


 

procured by the Company; provided, however, that if the Company elects to exercise such right with respect to any Lender pursuant to Section 3.6(b), it shall be obligated to replace all Lenders that have made similar requests for compensation pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.4. Upon the making of any such assignment, the Borrowers shall pay in full any amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.5.
     Section 10.17 Governing Law.
          (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
          (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS SITTING IN CHICAGO OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDERS SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY CREDIT DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE.
          (c) Aptar SAS hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as its authorized agent with all powers necessary to receive on its behalf service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Credit Documents in any of such courts in and of the State of Illinois. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to Aptar SAS in care of the Company at its address for notices provided for in Section 10.2, and Aptar SAS hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Company to accept such service on its behalf and agrees that the failure of the Company to give any notice of any such service to Aptar SAS shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. The Company hereby irrevocably accepts such appointment as process agent.
     Section 10.18 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY CREDIT DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR

76


 

INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY CREDIT DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
     Section 10.19 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, on the other hand, and the Borrowers are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Document (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for any of the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or the Arranger has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrowers or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to any of the Borrowers or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Document; (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and each Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and the Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.
     Section 10.20 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the

77


 

requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Act.
     Section 10.21 Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from a Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).
     Section 10.22 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the final agreement among the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous, or subsequent oral agreements of the parties.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

78


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in Chicago, Illinois by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
             
    APTARGROUP, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen J. Hagge    
 
           
    Name: Stephen J. Hagge    
    Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary    

S-1


 

             
    APTARGROUP HOLDING SAS    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Carl A. Siebel    
 
           
 
  Name:   Carl A. Siebel    
 
  Title:   President    

S-2


 

             
    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as    
    Administrative Agent and Lender    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Sharon Burks Horos    
 
           
 
  Name:   Sharon Burks Horos    
 
  Title:   Vice President    

S-3


 

             
    THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI    
    UFJ LTD., CHICAGO BRANCH    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Hirotsugu Hayashi    
 
           
 
  Name:   Hirotsugu Hayashi    
 
  Title:   General Manager    

S-4


 

             
    CITIBANK, N.A.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Floyd    
 
           
 
  Name:   Mark Floyd    
 
  Title:   Vice President    

S-5


 

             
    DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Frederick W. Laird    
 
           
 
  Name:   Frederick W. Laird    
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Ming K. Chu    
 
           
 
  Name:   Ming K. Chu    
 
  Title:   Vice President    

S-6


 

             
    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mike Kelly    
 
           
 
  Name:   Mike Kelly    
 
  Title:   Vice President    

S-7


 

             
    KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Purcell    
 
           
 
  Name:   Thomas J. Purcell    
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President    

S-8


 

             
    SOCIETE GENERALE, NEW YORK BRANCH    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Anne-Marie Dumortier    
 
           
 
  Name:   Anne-Marie Dumortier    
 
  Title:   Director    

S-9


 

             
    WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert G. McGill, Jr.    
 
           
 
  Name:   Robert G. McGill, Jr.    
 
  Title:   Director    

S-10


 

SCHEDULE 1.1
MANDATORY COST FORMULAE
1.   The Mandatory Cost (to the extent applicable) is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with:
  (a)   the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions); or
 
  (b)   the requirements of the European Central Bank.
2.   On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as practicable thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of the Company or any Lender, deliver to the Company or such Lender as the case may be, a statement setting forth the calculation of any Mandatory Cost.
3.   The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by such Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent as the cost (expressed as a percentage of such Lender’s participation in all Loans made from such Lending Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of Loans made from that Lending Office.
4.   The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:
  (a)   in relation to any Loan in Sterling:
     
AB+C(B-D)+E x 0.1
100 — (A+C)
   
per cent per annum
  (b)   in relation to any Loan in any currency other than Sterling:
     
E x 0.1
300
   
per cent per annum
Where:
         
 
  “A”   is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

Sched. 1.1 - 1


 

       
 
“B”   is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable Rate, the Mandatory Cost and any interest charged on overdue amounts pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2.8(b) and, in the case of interest (other than on overdue amounts) charged at the Default Rate, without counting any increase in interest rate effected by the charging of the Default Rate) payable for the relevant Interest Period of such Loan.
 
     
 
“C”   is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.
 
     
 
“D”   is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.
 
     
 
“E”   is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Regulations and is calculated by the Administrative Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.
5.   For the purposes of this Schedule:
  (a)   Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;
 
  (b)   Fees Regulations” means the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
 
  (c)   Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Regulations under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Regulations but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and
 
  (d)   Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Regulations.
6.   In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5% will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.5). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.
7.   If requested by the Administrative Agent or the Company, each Lender with a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Administrative Agent and the Company, the rate of charge payable by such Lender to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Regulations in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by such

Sched. 1.1 - 2


 

    Lender as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to such Lender for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of such Lender.
8.   Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:
  (a)   its jurisdiction of incorporation and the jurisdiction of the Lending Office out of which it is making available its participation in the relevant Loan; and
 
  (b)   any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
9.   The percentages or rates of charge of each Lender for the purpose of A, C and E above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits, Special Deposits and the Fees Regulations are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Lending Office in the same jurisdiction as such Lender’s Lending Office.
10.   The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any Person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over- or under-compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.
11.   The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.
12.   Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
13.   The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Company and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

Sched. 1.1 - 3


 

SCHEDULE 2.1
COMMITMENTS AND PERCENTAGES
                                 
    Individual     Tranche A     Tranche B     Voting  
Lender   Commitment     Commitment     Commitment     Percentage  
Bank of America, N.A.
  $ 35,000,000     $ 35,000,000     $ 35,000,000       17.5 %
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
  $ 35,000,000     $ 35,000,000     $ 35,000,000       17.5 %
Wachovia Bank, National Association
  $ 32,500,000     $ 32,500,000     $ 32,500,000       16.25 %
Societe Generale, New York Branch
  $ 25,000,000     $ 25,000,000     $ 25,000,000       12.5 %
The Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd., Chicago Branch
  $ 25,000,000     $ 25,000,000     $ 0       12.5 %
KeyBank National Association
  $ 25,000,000     $ 25,000,000     $ 25,000,000       12.5 %
Citibank, N.A.
  $ 15,000,000     $ 15,000,000     $ 15,000,000       7.5 %
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch
  $ 7,500,000     $ 7,500,000     $ 7,500,000       3.75 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 200,000,000     $ 200,000,000     $ 175,000,000       100.000000000 %
 
                       

Sched. 2.1 - 1

EX-4.2 3 c07169exv4w2.htm NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT exv4w2
 

Exhibit 4.2
Execution Copy
 
AptarGroup, Inc.
$100,000,000
Senior Notes Issuable in Series
$50,000,000 aggregate principal amount
6.04% Senior Notes, Series 2006-A, Due July 31, 2016
 
Note Purchase Agreement
 
Dated as of July 31, 2006
 

 


 

Table of Contents
(Not a part of the Agreement)
             
Section   Heading   Page
Section 1.
  Authorization of Notes     1  
 
           
Section 1.1.
  Series 2006-A Notes     1  
Section 1.2.
  Subsequent Series     1  
 
           
Section 2.
  Sale and Purchase of Notes; Subsequent Sales     2  
 
           
Section 3.
  Closing     2  
 
           
Section 4.
  Conditions to Closing     3  
 
           
Section 4.1.
  Representations and Warranties     3  
Section 4.2.
  Performance; No Default     3  
Section 4.3.
  Compliance Certificates     3  
Section 4.4.
  Opinions of Counsel     3  
Section 4.5.
  Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc.     4  
Section 4.6.
  Sale of Other Notes     4  
Section 4.7.
  Payment of Special Counsel Fees.     4  
Section 4.8.
  Private Placement Number     4  
Section 4.9.
  Changes in Corporate Structure     4  
Section 4.10.
  Proceedings and Documents     4  
 
           
Section 5.
  Representations and Warranties of the Company     5  
 
           
Section 5.1.
  Organization; Power and Authority     5  
Section 5.2.
  Authorization, Etc.     5  
Section 5.3.
  Disclosure     5  
Section 5.4.
  Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates     5  
Section 5.5.
  Financial Statements     6  
Section 5.6.
  Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.     6  
Section 5.7.
  Governmental Authorizations, Etc.     7  
Section 5.8.
  Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders     7  
Section 5.9.
  Taxes     7  
Section 5.10.
  Title to Property; Leases     7  
Section 5.11.
  Licenses, Permits, Etc.     8  
Section 5.12.
  Compliance with ERISA     8  
Section 5.13.
  Private Offering by the Company     9  
Section 5.14.
  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations     9  
Section 5.15.
  Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens     9  
Section 5.16.
  Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.     10  
Section 5.17.
  Status under Certain Statutes     10  
Section 5.18.
  Environmental Matters     10  
 -i- 

 


 

             
Section   Heading   Page
Section 6.
  Representations of the Purchasers     11  
 
           
Section 6.1.
  Purchase for Investment     11  
Section 6.2.
  Source of Funds     11  
Section 6.3.
  Status as a Qualified Institutional Buyer     12  
 
           
Section 7.
  Information as to the Company     13  
 
           
Section 7.1.
  Financial and Business Information     13  
Section 7.2.
  Officer’s Certificate     15  
Section 7.3.
  Visitation     16  
 
           
Section 8.
  Prepayment of the Notes     16  
 
           
Section 8.1.
  Required Prepayments     16  
Section 8.2.
  Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount     16  
Section 8.3.
  Allocation of Partial Prepayments     17  
Section 8.4.
  Maturity; Surrender, Etc.     17  
Section 8.5.
  Purchase of Notes     17  
Section 8.6.
  Make-Whole Amount     17  
 
           
Section 9.
  Affirmative Covenants     19  
 
           
Section 9.1.
  Compliance with Law     19  
Section 9.2.
  Insurance     19  
Section 9.3.
  Maintenance of Properties     19  
Section 9.4.
  Payment of Taxes and Claims     19  
Section 9.5.
  Legal Existence, Etc.     20  
 
           
Section 10.
  Negative Covenants     20  
 
           
Section 10.1.
  Indebtedness     20  
Section 10.2.
  Liens     21  
Section 10.3.
  Sale of Assets     22  
Section 10.4.
  Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.     23  
Section 10.5.
  Disposition of Stock of Subsidiaries     24  
Section 10.6.
  Nature of Business     24  
Section 10.7.
  Transactions with Affiliates     24  
 
           
Section 11.
  Events of Default     24  
 
           
Section 12.
  Remedies on Default, Etc.     26  
 
           
Section 12.1.
  Acceleration     26  
Section 12.2.
  Other Remedies     27  
Section 12.3.
  Rescission     27  
Section 12.4.
  No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.     27  
 
           
Section 13.
  Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes     28  
 
           
Section 13.1.
  Registration of Notes     28  
Section 13.2.
  Transfer and Exchange of Notes     28  
Section 13.3.
  Replacement of Notes     28  
 -ii- 

 


 

             
Section   Heading   Page
Section 14.
  Payments on Notes     29  
 
           
Section 14.1.
  Place of Payment     29  
Section 14.2.
  Home Office Payment     29  
 
           
Section 15.
  Expenses, Etc.     29  
 
           
Section 15.1.
  Transaction Expenses     29  
Section 15.2.
  Survival     30  
 
           
Section 16.
  Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement     30  
 
           
Section 17.
  Amendment and Waiver     30  
 
           
Section 17.1.
  Requirements     30  
Section 17.2.
  Solicitation of Holders of Notes     31  
Section 17.3.
  Binding Effect, Etc.     31  
Section 17.4.
  Notes Held by Company, Etc.     31  
 
           
Section 18.
  Notices     31  
 
           
Section 19.
  Reproduction of Documents     32  
 
           
Section 20.
  Confidential Information     32  
 
           
Section 21.
  Substitution of Purchaser     33  
 
           
Section 22.
  Miscellaneous     34  
 
           
Section 22.1.
  Successors and Assigns     34  
Section 22.2.
  Payments Due on Non-Business Days     34  
Section 22.3.
  Severability     34  
Section 22.4.
  Construction, Etc.     34  
Section 22.5.
  Counterparts     34  
Section 22.6.
  Governing Law     34  
Section 22.7.
  Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial     34  
 
           
Signature
        1  
 -iii- 

 


 

         
Schedule A
    Information Relating to Purchasers
 
       
Schedule B
    Defined Terms
 
       
Schedule B-1
    Existing Investments
 
       
Schedule 4.9
    Changes in Corporate Structure, Mergers or Consolidations
 
       
Schedule 5.3
    Disclosure Materials
 
       
Schedule 5.4
    Subsidiaries of the Company and Ownership of Subsidiary Stock
 
       
Schedule 5.5
    Financial Statements
 
       
Schedule 5.8
    Certain Litigation
 
       
Schedule 5.11
    Licenses, Permits, Etc.
 
       
Schedule 5.14
    Use of Proceeds
 
       
Schedule 5.15
    Existing Indebtedness
 
       
Schedule 10.2
    Existing Liens
 
       
Exhibit 1.1
    Form of 6.04% Senior Note, Series 2006-A, Due July 31, 2016
 
       
Exhibit 1.2(A)
    Form of Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement
 
       
Exhibit 1.2(B)
    Form of Supplemental Note
 
       
Exhibit 4.4(a)
    Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Company
 
       
Exhibit 4.4(b)
    Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Purchasers
 -vi- 

 


 

AptarGroup, Inc.
475 West Terra Cotta Avenue, Suite E
Crystal Lake, Illinois 60014

(815) 477-0424 Fax: (815) 477-0481
$100,000,000
Senior Notes Issuable in Series
$50,000,000 aggregate principal amount
6.04% Senior Notes, Series 2006-A, Due July 31, 2016
Dated as of July 31, 2006
To Each of the Purchasers Listed in
   Schedule A Hereto:
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          AptarGroup, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), agrees with each of the purchasers whose names appear at the end hereof (each, a “Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Purchasers”) as follows:
Section 1. Authorization of Notes.
     Section 1.1. Series 2006-A Notes. (a) The Company is contemplating the issue and sale of up to $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its senior notes issuable in series (the “Notes”, such term to include any such Notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement). The Notes may be issued in one or more series as provided in Section 1.2. Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B, and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.
     (b) The Company has authorized, as the initial series of Notes hereunder, the issue and sale of $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes to be designated as its 6.04% Senior Notes, Series 2006-A, due July 31, 2016 (the “Series 2006-A Notes,such term to include any such Notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13). The Series 2006-A Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 1.1, with such changes therefrom, if any, as may be approved by the Purchasers and the Company.
     Section 1.2. Subsequent Series. Each series of Notes, other than the Series 2006-A Notes, will be issued pursuant to an agreement substantially in the form of the Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 1.2(A) (a “Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement”) and will be subject to the following terms and conditions:
     (a) the designation of each series of Notes shall distinguish the Notes of one series from the Notes of all other series;
Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

     (b) Notes of each series shall rank pari passu with each other series of the Notes and with the Company’s other outstanding senior unsecured Indebtedness;
     (c) each series of Notes shall be dated the date of issue, bear interest at such rate or rates, mature on such date or dates, be subject to such prepayments on the dates and with the premiums, if any, as are provided herein and in the Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement under which such Notes are issued, and shall have such additional or different conditions precedent to closing and such additional or different representations and warranties or, subject to Section 1.2(d), other terms and provisions as shall be specified in such Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement;
     (d) any additional covenants, Defaults, Events of Default, rights or similar provisions that are added by a Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the series of Notes to be issued pursuant to such Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement shall apply to all outstanding Notes, whether or not the Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement so provides; and
     (e) except to the extent provided in foregoing clause (c), all of the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the Notes of each series.
Each series of Notes, other than the Series 2006-A Notes, shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 1.2(B), with such changes therefrom, if any, as may be approved by the purchasers of such Notes and the Company. The Purchasers of the Series 2006-A Notes need not purchase subsequent series of Notes.
Section 2. Sale and Purchase of Notes; Subsequent Sales.
     Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, Series 2006-A Notes in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. Each Purchaser’s obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.
Section 3. Closing.
     The sale and purchase of the Series 2006-A Notes to be purchased by the Purchasers shall occur at the offices of Chapman and Cutler LLP, 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, at 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, at a closing (the “Closing”) on July 31, 2006 or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to September 30, 2006 as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the 2006-A Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Series 2006-A Note (or such greater number of Series 2006-A Notes in denominations of at least $500,000 as such Purchaser may request), dated the date of the Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order

-2-


 

of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to account number 8188-9-00150 at Bank of America, 231 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60697, ABA #026009593. If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Series 2006-A Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.
Section 4. Conditions to Closing.
          Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Series 2006-A Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:
     Section 4.1. Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the time of the Closing.
     Section 4.2. Performance; No Default. The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing, and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Series 2006-A Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Schedule 5.14), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since March 31, 2006 that would have been prohibited by Sections 10.1 through 10.7 had such Sections applied since such date.
     Section 4.3. Compliance Certificates.
          (a) Officer’s Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.
          (b) Secretary’s Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated as of the date of the Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Series 2006-A Notes and this Agreement.
     Section 4.4. Opinions of Counsel. Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of the Closing (a) from Sidley Austin LLP, special counsel for the Company, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.4(a) and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs its special counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (b) from Chapman and Cutler LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in

-3-


 

Exhibit 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.
     Section 4.5. Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, Etc. On the date of the Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Series 2006-A Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (including, without limitation, Section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.
     Section 4.6. Sale of Other Notes. Contemporaneously with the Closing, the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser, and each other Purchaser shall purchase, the Series 2006-A Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in Schedule A hereto.
     Section 4.7. Payment of Special Counsel Fees. Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Closing the fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to the Closing.
     Section 4.8. Private Placement Number. A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) shall have been obtained for the Series 2006-A Notes by Chapman and Cutler LLP.
     Section 4.9. Changes in Corporate Structure. Except as specified in Schedule 4.9, the Company shall not have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or been a party to any merger or consolidation and shall not have succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.
     Section 4.10. Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

-4-


 

Section 5. Representations and Warranties of the Company.
          The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:
     Section 5.1. Organization; Power and Authority. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Series 2006-A Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.
     Section 5.2. Authorization, Etc. This Agreement and the Series 2006-A Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Series 2006-A Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     Section 5.3. Disclosure. The Company, through its agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC., has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Confidential Offering Memorandum dated June 2006 (the “Memorandum”), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.3 of this Agreement, this Agreement, the Memorandum, including the exhibits to the Memorandum, and the documents delivered to each Purchaser by the Company at the Closing and the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5, taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. Except as disclosed in the Memorandum or as expressly described in Schedule 5.3, or in one of the documents identified therein, or in the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5, since December 31, 2005, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary except changes that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been set forth herein or in the Memorandum or in the other documents delivered to the Purchasers by the Company specifically for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
     Section 5.4. Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates. (a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) complete and correct lists (i) of the Company’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the

-5-


 

jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Company and each other Subsidiary, (ii) of the Company’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries, and (iii) of the Company’s directors and executive officers.
          (b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise permitted by Section 10.2).
          (c) Each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact.
          (d) No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to, any legal restriction or any agreement (other than this Agreement, the agreements listed on Schedule 5.3 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.
     Section 5.5. Financial Statements. The Company has delivered to each Purchaser or made available on “EDGAR” copies of the financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.5. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such financial statements and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
     Section 5.6. Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Series 2006-A Notes will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company or any Subsidiary under, any Material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other Material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or by which any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (b) violate or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or (c) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any

-6-


 

Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary, other than violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.7. Governmental Authorizations, Etc. No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Series 2006-A Notes.
     Section 5.8. Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders. (a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.8, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or any property of the Company or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws or the USA Patriot Act) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.9. Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all Material required income tax returns, including all federal income tax returns, and all other Material tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments (a) the amount of which is not individually or in the aggregate Material or (b) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP. The Company knows of no basis for any other tax or assessment that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of federal, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate under GAAP. The federal income tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries have been determined by the Internal Revenue Service for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.
     Section 5.10. Title to Property; Leases. The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to the properties that they own or purport to own and that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by this Agreement. All leases that

-7-


 

individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.
Section 5.11. Licenses, Permits, Etc. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.11,
          (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known material conflict with the rights of others;
          (b) to the knowledge of the Company, no product of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person; and
          (c) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.12. Compliance with ERISA. (a) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to Section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the Code, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.
          (b) The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions used to determine the actuarial accrued liability on an ongoing funding basis in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in Section 3 of ERISA.
          (c) The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that have not been paid, or if contingent, that individually or in the aggregate are Material.

-8-


 

          (d) The expected post retirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 106, as amended by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 132, as revised, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by Section 4980B of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries is not Material.
          (e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Series 2006-A Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of each Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Series 2006-A Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.
     Section 5.13. Private Offering by the Company. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Series 2006-A Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers and not more than 9 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Series 2006-A Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Series 2006-A Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.
     Section 5.14. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Series 2006-A Notes to refinance Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes as set forth in Schedule 5.14. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Series 2006-A Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 1.0% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 1.0% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U. For purposes of the foregoing, margin stock shall not include common stock of the Company held in its treasury.
     Section 5.15. Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens. (a) Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2006, since which date there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary that is outstanding in an aggregate

-9-


 

principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 and no event or condition exists with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 and that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.
          (b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 10.2.
     Section 5.16. Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc. (a) Neither the sale of the Series 2006-A Notes by the Company hereunder nor its use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.
          (b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act.
          (c) To the knowledge of the Company, no part of the proceeds from the sale of the Series 2006-A Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, assuming in all cases that such Act applies to the Company.
     Section 5.17. Status under Certain Statutes. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.
     Section 5.18. Environmental Matters. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any Material claim or has received any notice of any Material claim, and no proceeding has been instituted asserting any Material claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties now owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets nor, to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, has any such proceeding been instituted against any of their respective real properties formerly owned, leased or operated thereby, respectively, for damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed to each Purchaser in writing;
          (a) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim for violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or, to the Company’s

-10-


 

or such Subsidiary’s knowledge, formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
          (b) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner contrary to any Environmental Laws in each case in any manner that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
          (c) all buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Company or any Subsidiary are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6. Representations of the Purchasers.
     Section 6.1. Purchase for Investment. Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Series 2006-A Notes to be purchased by it for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof; provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control. Each Purchaser understands that the Series 2006-A Notes to be purchased by it have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Series 2006-A Notes.
     Section 6.2. Source of Funds. Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:
     (a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” as such term is defined in the Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 (issued July 12, 1995) (“PTE 95-60”) and there is no “employee benefit plan” with respect to which the aggregate amount of such general account’s reserves and liabilities for the contracts held by or on behalf of such employee benefit plan and all other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (and affiliates thereof as defined in Section V(a)(1) of PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization (in each case determined in accordance with the provisions of PTE 95-60) exceeds 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of such general account (as determined under PTE 95-60) (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Annual Statement filed with the state of domicile of such Purchaser; or
     (b) if such Purchaser is an insurance company, the Source does not include assets allocated to any separate account maintained by such Purchaser in which any

-11-


 

employee benefit plan (or its related trust) has any interest, other than a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to such plan and to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
     (c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“PTE”) 90-1 (issued January 29, 1990), or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 (issued July 12, 1991) and, except as such Purchaser has disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this Section 6.2(c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or
     (d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this Section 6.2(d); or
     (e) the Source is a governmental plan; or
     (f) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this Section 6.2(f); or
     (g) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.
As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan”, “governmental plan”, “party in interest” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.
     Section 6.3. Status as a Qualified Institutional Buyer. Each Purchaser severally represents that it is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act.

-12-


 

Section 7. Information as to the Company.
     Section 7.1. Financial and Business Information. The Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:
     (a) Quarterly Statements — within 60 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Company (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of:
     (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
     (ii) unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the specified dates being reported on and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the respective periods specified, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments; provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a); provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-Q if (x) it shall have timely made such Form 10-Q available on “EDGAR” and via the “Investor Relations” link on the Company’s home page on the worldwide web (at the date of this Agreement located at: http//www.aptargroup.com) and (y) by email to each Purchaser, the Company shall have given each Purchaser prior notice of such availability on EDGAR and via the Company’s home page in connection with each delivery (such availability and notice thereof being referred to as “Electronic Delivery”);
     (b) Annual Statements — within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, duplicate copies of,
     (i) an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and
     (ii) audited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for such year,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion

-13-


 

thereon of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the specified dates being reported upon and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the respective periods specified, and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances; provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal year (or the Company’s annual report to stockholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Exchange Act) prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC, together with such accountant’s opinion, shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b); provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-K if it shall have timely made Electronic Delivery thereof;
          (c) SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto containing information of a financial nature filed by the Company or any Subsidiary with the SEC and of all press releases and other statements concerning a Material development made available generally by the Company or any Subsidiary to the public;
          (d) Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(f), a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
          (e) ERISA Matters — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of any of the following, a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Company or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:
     (i) with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or
     (ii) the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer

-14-


 

Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or
     (iii) any event, transaction or condition that would result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Lien, taken together with any other such liabilities or Liens then existing, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          (f) Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Company or any Subsidiary from any federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          (g) Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes; and
          (h) Supplemental Note Purchase Agreements — in the event an additional series of Notes is, or is proposed to be, issued under this Agreement, promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days after execution and delivery thereof, a true copy of the Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which such Notes are to be, or were, issued.
     Section 7.2. Officer’s Certificate. Each set of financial statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer setting forth (which, in the case of Electronic Delivery of such financial statements, shall be by separate delivery of such certificate to each holder of Notes):
          (a) Covenant Compliance — the information (including detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Section 10.1 through Section 10.4, inclusive, during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence); and
          (b) Event of Default — a statement that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Company and its

-15-


 

     Subsidiaries from the beginning of the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including, without limitation, any such event or condition resulting from the failure of the Company or any Subsidiary to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
     Section 7.3. Visitation. The Company shall permit the representatives of each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:
     (a) No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit the principal executive office of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the Company’s officers and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times during business hours and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and
     (b) Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit the principal executive office of the Company or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) independent public accountants at the Company’s offices (and by this provision the Company authorizes such accountants to discuss with each holder of the Notes or representative thereof the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries), all at such reasonable times during business hours and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing.
Section 8. Prepayment of the Notes.
     Section 8.1. Required Prepayments. No prepayment, purchase or redemption of the Notes shall be made except to the extent and in the manner expressly provided in this Section 8.
     Section 8.2. Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount. The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes of any series, including the Series 2006-A Notes, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of Notes of the series to be prepaid written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the

-16-


 

principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes of the series to be prepaid a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.
     Section 8.3. Allocation of Partial Prepayments. In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes of a series pursuant to Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes of such series at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment. Each such partial prepayment pursuant to Section 8.2 shall be applied first to the payment due on such Notes at final maturity and thereafter to any required prepayments on such Notes, in inverse order of maturity.
     Section 8.4. Maturity; Surrender, Etc. In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount (which may in no event be less than zero), if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.
     Section 8.5. Purchase of Notes. The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Subsidiary pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.
     Section 8.6. Make-Whole Amount. The term “Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal; provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:
     “Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

-17-


 

     “Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.
     “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, .50% (50 basis points) over the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as the “Page PX1 Screen” on the Bloomberg Financial Market Service (or such other display as may replace the Page PX1 Screen on the Bloomberg Financial Market Service) for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable, the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (or any comparable successor publication) for actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of this paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the actively traded U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life and (2) the actively traded U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
     “Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (a) such Called Principal into (b) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.
     “Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date; provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes in question, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or 12.1.

-18-


 

     “Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
Section 9. Affirmative Covenants.
     The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:
     Section 9.1. Compliance with Law. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation, ERISA, the USA Patriot Act and Environmental Laws, and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 9.2. Insurance. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.
     Section 9.3. Maintenance of Properties. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided that this Section 9.3 shall not prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Company has concluded that such discontinuance would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 9.4. Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary need file any such return or pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if (a) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the

-19-


 

Company or such Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and the Company or a Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company or such Subsidiary or (b) the nonfiling of all such returns and the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 9.5. Legal Existence, Etc. Subject to Section 10.4, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence. Subject to Sections 10.3 and 10.4, the Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the legal existence of each of its Subsidiaries (unless merged into the Company or a Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such legal existence, right or franchise would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 10. Negative Covenants.
     The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:
     Section 10.1. Indebtedness. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, assume or incur or in any manner become liable for any Indebtedness, except:
     (a) the Notes;
     (b) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of March 31, 2006 and reflected on Schedule 5.15;
     (c) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;
     (d) additional unsecured Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries and additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries secured by Liens permitted by Section 10.2(g), (h) or (i), provided that at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof:
     (i) no Default or Event of Default exists and Consolidated Indebtedness does not exceed 60% of Consolidated Total Capitalization; and
     (ii) in the case of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.2(c)) does not exceed 45% of Consolidated Net Worth; and
     (iii) in the case of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary secured by Liens described in Section 10.2(i), the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness so secured does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth.

-20-


 

     For all purposes of this Section 10.1, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to have incurred, at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, all Indebtedness of such Person outstanding immediately after it becomes a Subsidiary.
     Section 10.2. Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, permit to exist, create, assume or incur, directly or indirectly, any Lien on its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired except:
     (a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges not then due and payable or the nonpayment of which is permitted by Section 9.4;
     (b) Liens incidental to the conduct of business or the ownership of properties and assets (including landlords’, lessors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s and other similar liens) and Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, leases or trade contracts, or to secure statutory obligations (including obligations under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation), surety or appeal bonds or other Liens of like general nature incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;
     (c) any attachment or judgment Lien, unless the judgment it secures has not, within 60 days after the entry thereof, been discharged or execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or has not been discharged within 60 days after the expiration of any such stay;
     (d) Liens securing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;
     (e) Liens existing on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement that are described in Schedule 10.2;
     (f) encumbrances in the nature of leases, subleases, zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way and other rights and restrictions of record on the use of real property, minor survey exceptions and defects in title incidental to the ownership of property or assets or to the ordinary conduct of business, which, individually and in the aggregate, do not Materially impair the use or value of the property or assets subject thereto;
     (g) Liens (i) existing on property at the time of its acquisition or construction by the Company or any Subsidiary and not created in contemplation thereof, whether or not the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is assumed by the Company or a Subsidiary; or (ii) on property created contemporaneously with its acquisition or construction or within 180 days of the acquisition or completion of construction or improvement thereof to secure or provide for all or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of such property after the date of Closing; or (iii) existing on property of a Person at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with, or becomes a Subsidiary of, or substantially all of its assets are acquired by, the Company or a Subsidiary and not

-21-


 

created in contemplation thereof; provided that, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), such Liens do not extend to additional property of the Company or any Subsidiary and that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by each such Lien does not exceed the lesser of the cost of acquisition or construction or the fair market value (as determined in good faith by one or more officers to whom authority to enter into the transaction has been delegated by the Board of Directors of the Company) of the property subject thereto;
     (h) Liens resulting from extensions, renewals or replacements of Liens permitted by paragraphs (e) and (g), provided that (i) there is no increase in the principal amount or decrease in maturity of the Indebtedness secured thereby at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, (ii) any new Lien attaches only to the same property theretofore subject to such earlier Lien, and (iii) immediately after such extension, renewal or replacement no Default or Event of Default would exist; and
     (i) Additional Liens securing Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by paragraphs (a) through (h) above, provided that, at the time of creation, assumption or incurrence thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness so secured does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth.
     Section 10.3. Sale of Assets. Except as permitted by Section 10.4, the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including by way of merger (collectively a “Disposition”), any assets, including capital stock of Subsidiaries, in one or more transactions, to any Person, other than (a) Dispositions in the ordinary course of business, (b) Dispositions by the Company to a Subsidiary or by a Subsidiary to the Company or another Subsidiary or (c) Dispositions not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.3, provided that the aggregate net book value of all assets so disposed of in any fiscal year pursuant to this Section 10.3(c) does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, or may permit any Subsidiary to, make a Disposition and the assets subject to such Disposition shall not be subject to or included in the foregoing limitation and computation contained in clause (c) of the preceding sentence to the extent that (x) such assets are leased back by the Company or any Subsidiary, as lessee, within 180 days of the original acquisition or construction thereof by the Company or such Subsidiary, or (y) the net proceeds from such Disposition are within 180 days of such Disposition (A) reinvested in productive assets by the Company or a Subsidiary consistent with Section 10.6 or (B) applied to the payment or prepayment of any outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary that is not subordinated to the Notes. Any prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 10.3 shall be in accordance with Sections 8.2 and 8.3.

-22-


 

     Section 10.4. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, consolidate with or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer, sell or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person except that:
(a) The Company may consolidate or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer, sell or lease all or substantially all of its assets in a single transaction or series of transactions to any Person, provided that:
     (i) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer, sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be, shall be a solvent corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia), and, if the Company is not such corporation, such corporation (x) shall have executed and delivered to each holder of any Notes its assumption of the due and punctual performance and observance of each covenant and condition of this Agreement and the Notes and (y) shall have caused to be delivered to each holder of any Notes an opinion of independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting such assumption are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof;
     (ii) the successor formed by such consolidation or the survivor of such merger or the Person that acquires by conveyance, transfer, sale or lease all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as an entirety, as the case may be, could incur immediately thereafter $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.1(d);
     (iii) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall exist; and
(b) Any Subsidiary may (x) merge into the Company (provided that the Company is the surviving corporation) or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or (y) sell, transfer or lease all or any part of its assets to the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, or (z) merge or consolidate with, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to, any Person in a transaction that is permitted by Section 10.3 or, as a result of which, such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided in each instance set forth in clauses (x) through (z) that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, there shall exist no Default or Event of Default;
No such conveyance, transfer, sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall have the effect of releasing the Company or any successor corporation that shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.4 from its liability under this Agreement or the Notes.

-23-


 

     Section 10.5. Disposition of Stock of Subsidiaries. The Company (a) will not permit any Subsidiary to issue its capital stock, or any warrants, rights or options to purchase, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such capital stock, to any Person other than the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, and (b) will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary if such sale would be prohibited by Section 10.3. If a Subsidiary at any time ceases to be such as a result of a sale or issuance of its capital stock, any Liens on property of the Company or any other Subsidiary securing Indebtedness owed to such Subsidiary, which is not contemporaneously repaid, together with such Indebtedness, shall be deemed to have been incurred by the Company or such other Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the time such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary.
     Section 10.6. Nature of Business. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business if, as a result, the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, would then be engaged would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are engaged on the date of this Agreement.
     Section 10.7. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.
Section 11. Events of Default.
       An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:
     (a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or
     (b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or
     (c) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Sections 10.3 (Sale of Assets) or 10.4 (Mergers, Consolidations, etc.); or
     (d) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11(a), (b) and (c)) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); or

-24-


 

     (e) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or
     (f) (i) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest aggregating $100,000 or more on any Indebtedness that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount in excess of 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Worth (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal period of the Company) beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Indebtedness that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount in excess of 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Worth (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal period of the Company) or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Indebtedness has become, or has been declared, due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment; or
     (g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or
     (h) a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or
     (i) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating 5% or more of Adjusted Consolidated Net Worth (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal period of the Company) are rendered against one or more of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

-25-


 

     (j) if (i) any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code, (ii) a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA Section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings, (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall equal or exceed 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Worth (as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal period of the Company), (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans, (v) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan, or (vi) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereunder; and any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
As used in Section 11(j), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.
Section 12. Remedies on Default, Etc.
     Section 12.1. Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.
     (b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes, collectively, at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.
     (c) If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.
     Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (i) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (ii) the Make-Whole Amount

-26-


 

determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for), and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.
     Section 12.2. Other Remedies. If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.
     Section 12.3. Rescission. At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) such holders have refunded to the Company any amounts that shall have been paid by the Company or any other Person on the Company’s behalf solely by reason of the amounts having become due and payable pursuant to such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
     Section 12.4. No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc. No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

-27-


 

Section 13. Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes.
     Section 13.1. Registration of Notes. The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.
     Section 13.2. Transfer and Exchange of Notes. Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten Business Days after the Company receives such surrendered Note, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) of the same series in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of the Note established for such series. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $500,000; provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than $500,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 6.
     Section 13.3. Replacement of Notes. Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and
     (a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another Institutional Investor holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

-28-


 

     (b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,
within ten Business Days after such receipt by the Company, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same series, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.
Section 14. Payments on Notes.
     Section 14.1. Place of Payment. Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in Chicago, Illinois at the principal office of Bank of America, in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.
     Section 14.2. Home Office Payment. So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A hereto or any Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement, as the case may be, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes of the same series pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made.
Section 15. Expenses, Etc.
     Section 15.1. Transaction Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the reasonable costs and expenses

-29-


 

incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, and (b) the reasonable costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder of a Note in connection with its purchase of the Notes).
     Section 15.2. Survival. The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.
Section 16. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement.
          All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
Section 17. Amendment and Waiver.
     Section 17.1. Requirements. This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Section 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.

-30-


 

     Section 17.2. Solicitation of Holders of Notes.
          (a) Solicitation. The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount or series of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.
          (b) Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.
     Section 17.3. Binding Effect, Etc. Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.
     Section 17.4. Notes Held by Company, Etc. Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be outstanding.
Section 18. Notices.
          Except as set forth in Section 7.1, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telefacsimile if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

-31-


 

     (i) if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A hereto or any Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing in accordance with this Section 18,
     (ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or
     (iii) if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of Senior Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.
Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.
Section 19. Reproduction of Documents.
This Agreement and all documents relating hereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at any Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.
          Section 20. Confidential Information.
For the purposes of this Section 20, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary; provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such

-32-


 

Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser; provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.
Section 21. Substitution of Purchaser.
     Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser, the Purchasers or “you” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21) shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a purchaser of any Notes hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21) by virtue of the immediately preceding sentence shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

-33-


 

Section 22. Miscellaneous.
     Section 22.1. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.
     Section 22.2. Payments Due on Non-Business Days. Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.4 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.
     Section 22.3. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
     Section 22.4. Construction, Etc. Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.
          For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.
     Section 22.5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.
     Section 22.6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit or require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.
     Section 22.7. Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. (a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Illinois State or federal court sitting in Cook County, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives

-34-


 

and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
     (b) The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.7(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to Section 18. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.
     (c) Nothing in this Section 22.7 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.
     (d) The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.
* * * * *

-35-


 

     If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    AptarGroup, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Stephen J. Hagge
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
   
 
      Officer and Secretary    
Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to
as of the date thereof.
             
    American Family Life Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Phillip Hannifan    
 
     
 
Name: Phillip Hannifan
   
 
      Title: Investment Director    
AptarGroup, Inc.
Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to
as of the date thereof.
             
    American United Life Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Kent R. Adams
 
Name: Kent R. Adams
   
 
      Title: V.P. Fixed Income Securities  
 
           
    The State Life Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Kent R. Adams
 
Name: Kent R. Adams
   
 
      Title: V.P. Fixed Income Securities  
AptarGroup, Inc.
Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to
as of the date thereof.
             
    Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida,    
 
      Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   Advantus Capital Management, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ David Land
 
Name: David Land
   
 
      Title: Vice President    
 
           
    Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By:   Advantus Capital Management, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ David Land
 
Name: David Land
   
 
      Title: Vice President    
 
           
    Great Western Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By:   Advantus Capital Management, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ David Land
 
Name: David Land
   
 
      Title: Vice President    
 
           
    Trustmark Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By:   Advantus Capital Management, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ David Land
 
Name: David Land
   
 
      Title: Vice President    
AptarGroup, Inc.
Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to
as of the date thereof.
             
    State Farm Life Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Julie Pierce
 
Name: Phillip Hannifan
   
 
      Title: Investment Director    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Larry Rottunda
 
Name: Larry Rottunda
   
 
      Title: Investment Director    
AptarGroup, Inc.
Note Purchase Agreement

 


 

Defined Terms
     As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:
     “Adjusted Consolidated Net Worth” means, as of any date, Consolidated Net Worth on such date, but excluding the cumulative amount reflected in “accumulated other comprehensive income” reported in the consolidated total stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “Affiliate” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, and with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or any corporation of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of voting or equity interests. As used in this definition, “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.
     “Agreement” is defined in Section 17.3.
     “Anti-Terrorism Order” means Executive Order No. 13,224 of September 24, 2001, Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism, 66 U.S. Fed. Reg. 49,079 (2001), as amended.
     “Business Day” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.6 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in Chicago, Illinois or New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed.
     “Capital Lease” means, at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee is required concurrently to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.
     “Closing” is defined in Section 3.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.
     “Company” means AptarGroup, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto in accordance with Section 10.4.
Schedule B
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 


 

     “Confidential Information” is defined in Section 20.
     “Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date, Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “Consolidated Net Worth” means, as of any date, consolidated total stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries on such date, determined in accordance with GAAP, less the amount by which outstanding Investments on such date exceed 25% of consolidated total stockholders equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date, the assets and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “Consolidated Total Capitalization” means, as of any date, the sum of Consolidated Indebtedness plus Consolidated Net Worth as of such date.
     “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.
     “Default Rate” means, with respect to any series of Notes, that rate of interest that is the greater of (i) 2% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes of such series or (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America, in Chicago, Illinois as its “base” or “prime” rate.
     “Disposition” is defined in Section 10.3.
     “Electronic Delivery” is defined in Section 7.1(a).
     “Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including but not limited to those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
     “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Company under Section 414 of the Code.
     “Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.
B-2
 

 


 

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.
“Governmental Authority” means
     (a) the government of
               (i) the United States of America or any State or other political subdivision thereof, or
               (ii) any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or
     (b) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.
     “Guaranty” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation (except the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (without limitation) obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person:
     (a) to purchase such Indebtedness or obligation or any property constituting security therefor;
     (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (ii) to maintain any working capital or other balance sheet condition or any income statement condition of any other Person or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation;
     (c) to lease properties or to purchase properties or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or obligation of the ability of any other Person to make payment of the Indebtedness or obligation; or
     (d) otherwise to assure the owner of such Indebtedness or obligation against loss in respect thereof.
In any computation of the Indebtedness or other liabilities of the obligor under any Guaranty, the Indebtedness or other obligations that are the subject of such Guaranty shall be assumed to be direct obligations of such obligor.
B-3
 

 


 

     “Hazardous Material” means any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or any other substances that might pose a hazard to health or safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage, or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law (including, without limitation, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and polychlorinated biphenyls).
     “holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1.
     “Indebtedness” with respect to any Person means, at any time, without duplication,
     (a) its liabilities for borrowed money;
     (b) its liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property acquired by such Person (excluding accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including all liabilities created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any such property);
     (c) all liabilities appearing on its balance sheet in accordance with GAAP in respect of Capital Leases;
     (d) all liabilities for borrowed money secured by any Lien with respect to any property owned by such Person (whether or not it has assumed or otherwise become liable for such liabilities); and
     (e) any Guaranty of such Person with respect to liabilities of a type described in any of clauses (a) through (d) hereof.
Indebtedness of any Person shall include all obligations of such Person of the character described in clauses (a) through (e) to the extent such Person remains legally liable in respect thereof notwithstanding that any such obligation is deemed to be extinguished under GAAP.
     “Institutional Investor” means (a) any original purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding more than $2,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, and (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form.
     “Investments” means all investments of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than:
     (a) property or assets to be used or consumed in the ordinary course of business;
     (b) assets arising from the sale of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;
B-4
 

 


 

      (c) Investments in Subsidiaries or in any Person that, as a result thereof, becomes a Subsidiary;
      (d) Investments existing as of the date of this Agreement that are listed in the attached Schedule B-1;
      (e) Investments in treasury stock;
      (f) Investments in:
     (i) obligations, maturing within one year from the date of acquisition, of or fully guaranteed by (A) the United States of America or an agency thereof or (B) Canada or a province thereof;
     (ii) state or municipal securities having an effective maturity within one year from the date of acquisition that are rated in one of the top two rating classifications by at least one nationally recognized rating agency;
     (iii) certificates of deposit or banker’s acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition of or issued by commercial banks whose long-term unsecured debt obligations (or the long-term unsecured debt obligations of the bank holding company owning all of the capital stock of such bank) are rated in one of the top two rating classifications by at least one nationally recognized rating agency;
     (iv) commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of issuance that, at the time of acquisition, is rated in one of the top two rating classifications by at least one nationally recognized rating agency;
     (v) repurchase agreements, fully collateralized with obligations of the type described in clause (i), with a bank satisfying the requirements of clause (iii);
     (vi) money market instrument programs that are properly classified as current assets in accordance with GAAP; and
      (g) loans or advances made in the ordinary course of business to officers and employees (including moving expenses related to relocation) incidental to carrying on the business of the Company or a Subsidiary.
      “Lien” means, with respect to any Person, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance, or any interest or title of any vendor, lessor, lender or other secured party to or of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease, upon or with respect to any property or asset of such Person (including in the case of stock, stockholder agreements, voting trust agreements and all similar arrangements).
      “Make-Whole Amount” is defined in Section 8.6.
B-5

 


 

     “Material” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
     “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.
     “Memorandum” is defined in Section 5.3.
     “Multiemployer Plan” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).
     “Notes” is defined in Section 1.1(a).
     “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Company whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.
     “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.
     “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.
     “property” or “properties” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.
     “PTE” is defined in Section 6.2(c).
     “PTE 95-60” is defined in Section 6.2(a).
     “Purchaser” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
     “QPAM Exemption” means Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 issued by the United States Department of Labor.
     “Required Holders” means, at any time, the holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).
B-6
 

 


 

     “Responsible Officer” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Company with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.
     “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
     “Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.
     “Series 2006-A Notes” is defined in Section 1.1(b).
     “Significant Subsidiary” means, as of the date of determination, any Subsidiary, the assets or revenues of which account for more than 10% of Consolidated Total Assets at the end of the most recently ended fiscal period or more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recently completed for four fiscal quarters.
     “Source” is defined in Section 6.2.
     “Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation, association or entity in which such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such corporation, association or entity, or (b) any partnership or joint venture if more than a 50% interest in the profits or capital thereof is owned by such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries (unless such partnership can and does ordinarily take major business actions without the prior approval of such Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries). Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Company.
     “Supplemental Note Purchase Agreement” is defined in Section 1.2(a).
     “USA Patriot Act” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
     “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary one hundred percent (100%) of all of the equity interests (except directors’ qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more of the Company and the Company’s other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries at such time.
B-7
 

 

EX-4.3 4 c07169exv4w3.htm FORM OF 6.04% SERIES 2006-A SENIOR NOTES exv4w3
 

Exhibit 4.3
Form of AptarGroup, Inc.
6.04% Senior Note, Series 2006-A, Due July 31, 2016
     
No. AR-[     ]   July 31, 2006
$[          ]   PPN 038336 B* 3
     For Value Received, the undersigned, AptarGroup, Inc. (herein called the “Company” ), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [          ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [          ] (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on July 31, 2016, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 6.04% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the last day of January and July in each year, commencing with the January 31 or July 31 next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment (including any overdue prepayment) of principal, any overdue payment of interest and any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below), at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 8.04% or (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America from time to time in Chicago, Illinois as its “base” or “prime” rate payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).
     Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at Chicago, Illinois or at the principal office of Bank of America in Chicago, Illinois or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.
     This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes” ) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2006 (as from time to time amended or supplemented, the “Note Purchase Agreement” ), between the Company and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 20 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 


 

     This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.
     This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.
     If an Event of Default (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-2-


 

     This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of Illinois, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit or require application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.
         
  AptarGroup, Inc.


 
 
  By      
    Stephen J. Hagge   
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary   
 

-3-

EX-31.1 5 c07169exv31w1.htm CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 exv31w1
 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Carl A. Siebel, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of AptarGroup, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a—15(e) and 15d—15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a—15(f) and 15d—15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
    Date:   August 1, 2006
 
           
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Carl A. Siebel    
 
           
        Carl A. Siebel
        President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2 6 c07169exv31w2.htm CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 exv31w2
 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Stephen J. Hagge, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of AptarGroup, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a—15(e) and 15d—15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a—15(f) and 15d—15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
    Date:   August 1, 2006
 
           
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen J. Hagge    
 
           
        Stephen J. Hagge
        Executive Vice President, Chief
        Financial Officer and Secretary

EX-32.1 7 c07169exv32w1.htm CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 exv32w1
 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Carl A. Siebel, president and chief executive officer of AptarGroup, Inc., certify that (i) the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of AptarGroup, Inc. for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (the “Form 10-Q”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of AptarGroup, Inc.
/s/ Carl A. Siebel
Carl A. Siebel
President and Chief Executive Officer
August 1, 2006

EX-32.2 8 c07169exv32w2.htm CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 exv32w2
 

Exhibit 32.2
Certificate Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Stephen J. Hagge, executive vice president and chief financial officer of AptarGroup, Inc., certify that (i) the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of AptarGroup, Inc. for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (the “Form 10-Q”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of AptarGroup, Inc.
             
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen J. Hagge    
 
           
        Stephen J. Hagge
        Executive Vice President and
        Chief Financial Officer
 
           
 
      August 1, 2006    

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----